99-10001. Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation for Public Water Systems  

  • [Federal Register Volume 64, Number 83 (Friday, April 30, 1999)]
    [Proposed Rules]
    [Pages 23398-23458]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 99-10001]
    
    
    
    [[Page 23397]]
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part II
    
    
    
    
    
    Environmental Protection Agency
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    40 CFR Parts 141 and 142
    
    
    
    Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation for 
    Public Water Systems; Proposed Rule
    
    Federal Register / Vol. 64, No. 83 / Friday, April 30, 1999 / 
    Proposed Rules
    
    [[Page 23398]]
    
    
    
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
    
    40 CFR Parts 141 and 142
    
    [FRL-6329-3]
    RIN 2040-AD15
    
    
    Revisions to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation 
    for Public Water Systems
    
    AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
    
    ACTION: Proposed rule.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SUMMARY: The Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), as amended in 1996, 
    requires the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to establish 
    criteria for a monitoring program for unregulated contaminants and, by 
    August 6, 1999, to publish a list of contaminants to be monitored. To 
    conform to the Amendments, EPA is proposing the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring Regulation for Public Water Systems (UCMR) to substantially 
    revise the current regulations for unregulated contaminant monitoring.
        Under a separate action on January 8, 1999, EPA published a Direct 
    Final Rule suspending the existing monitoring requirements for systems 
    serving 10,000 or fewer persons, effective March 9, 1999. Prior to 
    March 9, 1999, the unregulated contaminant monitoring regulations 
    required public water systems to monitor for unregulated contaminants 
    during one year every five years. EPA promulgated the direct final rule 
    to allow systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons to save the cost of a 
    third monitoring round under the previous regulations, which if 
    performed as scheduled would have overlapped with monitoring 
    requirements expected to be promulgated in the UMCR in August 1999.
        This proposed rule includes a new list of contaminants to be 
    monitored, procedures for selecting a national representative sample of 
    public water systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons that will be 
    required to monitor, the frequency and schedule for monitoring, and 
    procedures for placement of the monitoring data in the National 
    Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence Data Base, as required under 
    section 1445 of SDWA, as amended. The data in the database will be used 
    to identify contaminants for the Drinking Water Contaminant Candidate 
    List (CCL), to support the Administrator's determination of whether or 
    not to develop drinking water standards for a particular contaminant, 
    and in developing standards for the contaminants the Administrator 
    selects.
    
    DATES: The proposed rule is open to public comment until June 14, 1999.
    
    ADDRESSES: Send written comments to the Comment Clerk, docket number W-
    98-02, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Water Docket (MC 4101), 
    401 M Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460. Please submit an original and 
    three copies of your comments and enclosures (including references). 
    Commenters who want EPA to acknowledge receipt of their comments should 
    enclose a self-addressed, stamped envelope. No facsimiles (faxes) will 
    be accepted.
        Comments may also be submitted electronically to docket@epamail.epa.gov. Electronic comments must be submitted as an 
    ASCII file avoiding the use of special characters and any form of 
    encryption. Electronic comments must be identified by the docket number 
    W-98-02. Comments and data will also be accepted on disks in 
    WordPerfect in 5.1 format or ASCII file format. Electronic comments on 
    this proposal may be filed online at many Federal Depository Libraries.
        The full record for this proposal has been established under docket 
    number W-98-02 and includes supporting documentation as well as 
    printed, paper versions of electronic comments. The full record is 
    available for inspection from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Monday through Friday, 
    excluding legal holidays at the Water Docket, East Tower Basement, 
    USEPA, 401 M Street, SW, Washington DC. For access to docket materials, 
    please call (202) 260-3027 between 9 a.m. and 3:30 p.m, Eastern Time, 
    Monday through Friday, to schedule an appointment.
    
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Charles Job, Standards and Risk 
    Management Division, Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water (MC-
    4607), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW, 
    Washington DC 20460, (202) 260-7084. General information may also be 
    obtained from the EPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline. Callers within the 
    United States may reach the Hotline at (800) 426-4791. The Hotline is 
    open Monday through Friday, excluding federal holidays, from 9 a.m. to 
    5:30 p.m. Eastern Time.
    
    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
    
    Regional Contacts
    
    I. Anthony De Palma, JFK Federal Bldg., Room 2203, Boston MA 02203, 
    Phone: 617-565-3610.
    II. Walter Andrews, 290 Broadway, Room 2432, New York, NY 10007-
    1866, Phone: 212-637-3880.
    III. Michelle Hoover, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia PA 19103-2029, 
    Phone: 215-814-5258.
    IV. Janine Morris, 345 Courtland Street, NE, Atlanta GA 30365, 
    Phone: 404-562-9480.
    V. Kim Harris, 77 West Jackson Blvd., Chicago, IL 60604-3507, Phone: 
    312-886-4239.
    VI. Larry Wright, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas, TX 75202, Phone: 214-
    665-7150.
    VII. Stan Calow, 726 Minnesota Ave., Kansas City, KS 66101, Phone: 
    913-551-7410.
    VIII. Rod Glebe, One Denver Place, 999 18th Street, Suite 500, 
    Denver, CO 80202, Phone: 303-312-6627.
    IX. Bruce Macler, 75 Hawthorne Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, 
    Phone: 415-744-1884.
    X. Larry Worley, 1200 Sixth Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101, Phone: 206-
    553-1893.
    
    Abbreviations and Acronyms Used in the Preamble and Proposed Rule
    
    2,4-DNT--2,4-dinitrotoluene
    2,6-DNT--2,6-dinitrotoluene
    4,41'-DDE--degradation product of DDT
    Alachlor ESA--alachlor ethanesulfonic acid, a degradation product of 
    alachlor
    AOAC--Association of Official Analytical Chemist
    ASDWA--Association of State Drinking Water Administrators
    ASTM--American Society for Testing and Materials
    BGM--Buffalo Green Monkey cells, a specific cell line used to grow 
    viruses
    CAS--Chemical Abstract Service
    CASRN--Chemical Abstract Service Registry Number
    CCL--Contaminant Candidate List
    CCR--Consumer Confidence Reports
    CERCLA--Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and 
    Liability Act
    CFR--Code of Federal Regulations
    CFU--Colony forming unit
    CFU/mL--Colony forming units per milliliter
    CWS--Community water system
    DCPA--dimethyl tetrachloroterephthalate, chemical name of the 
    herbicide dacthal DCPA di- and mono-acid degradates
        --Degradation products of DCPA
    DDE--Degradation product of DDT
    DDT--Dichloro diphenyl trichloroethane, a general insecticide
    EDL--Estimated detection limit
    EPA--Environmental Protection Agency
    EPTC--s-ethyl-dipropylthiocarbamate, an herbicide
    EPTDS--Entry Point to the Distribution System
    FACA--Federal Advisory Committee Act
    FTE--Full-time-equivalent
    GC--Gas chromatography, a laboratory method
    GLI method--Great Lakes Instruments method
    GW--Ground water
    GWUDI--Ground water under the direct influence of surface water
    HLPC--High performance liquid chromatography, a laboratory method
    ICR--Information Collection Request
    IFRA--Initial regulatory flexibility analysis
    IMS--Immunomagnetic separation
    
    [[Page 23399]]
    
    IRIS--Integrated Risk Information System
    IS--Internal standard
    LLE--Liquid/liquid extraction, a laboratory method
    MAC--Mycobacterium avium intracellulare
    MCL--Maximum contaminant level
    MDL--Method detection limit
    MRL--Minimum reporting level
    MS--Mass spectrometry, a laboratory method
    MS--Sample matrix spike
    MSD--Matrix spike duplicate
    MTBE--Methyl-tert-butyl-ether, a gasoline additive
    NAWQA--National Water Quality Assessment Program
    NCOD--National Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence Data Base
    NDWAC--National Drinking Water Advisory Council
    NERL--National Environmental Research Laboratory
    NPS--National Pesticide Survey
    NTIS--National Technical Information Service
    NTNCWS--Non-transient non-community water system
    NTTAA--National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
    OGWDW--Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water
    OMB--Office of Management and Budget
    PBMS--Performance-Based Measurement System
    pCi/L--Picocuries per liter
    PCR--Polymerase chain reaction
    PWS--Public Water System
    PWSF--Public Water System Facility
    QA--Quality assurance
    QC--Quality control
    RDX--Hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine
    RFA--Regulatory Flexibility Act
    RPD--Relative percent difference
    RSD--Relative standard deviation
    SBREFA--Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
    SD--Standard deviation
    SDWA--Safe Drinking Water Act
    SDWIS--Safe Drinking Water Information System
    SDWIS FED--the Federal Safe Drinking Water Information System
    SM--Standard Methods
    SMF--Standard Compliance Monitoring Framework
    SOC--Synthetic organic compound
    SPE--Solid phase extraction, a laboratory method
    SRF--State Revolving Fund
    STORET--Storage and Retrieval System
    SW--surface water
    TBD--to be determined
    TNCWS--Transient non-community water system
    UCMR--Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulations/Rule
    UCM--Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
    ug/L--Micrograms per liter
    UMRA--Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
    USEPA--United States Environmental Protection Agency
    UV--Ultraviolet
    VOC--volatile organic compound
    
    Preamble Outline
    
    I. Why the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation Is Changing
    II. Current Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
        A. Current Program
        B. Status of Unregulated Contaminants on the Current Monitoring 
    List
    III. Proposed Changes in the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring 
    Program
        A. Revised List of Unregulated Contaminants to be Monitored
        1. Criteria for Selecting Contaminants for the UCMR
        (a) Revising the Monitoring List
        (b) Regulatory Options
        (c) Analytical Methods Applicable to the Monitoring List
        (i) Chemical Analytical Methods
        (ii) Microbiological Analytical Methods
        (d) Screening Methods
        2. List of Contaminants To Be Monitored
        (a) Proposed Monitoring List
        (b) Number of Contaminants on the Monitoring List
        (c) Modifying the Monitoring List through the Governors' 
    Petition
        (i) Circumstances Affecting the Governors' Petition
        (ii) Response to Governors' Petition
        B. Public Water Systems Subject to the UCMR
        C. Type of Monitoring Required of Public Water Systems Based on 
    Listing Group
        1. Assessment Monitoring
        2. Screening Survey
        3. Pre-Screen Testing
        4. Option to the Three-Tiered Approach
        D. Monitoring Requirements under the Proposed UCMR
        1. Monitoring Frequency
        (a) Systems Serving more than 10,000 persons
        (b) Systems Serving 10,000 or fewer persons
        2. Monitoring Time for Vulnerable Period
        3. Monitoring Location
        (a) Chemical Contaminants
        (b) Microbiological Contaminants
        4. Quality Control Procedures for Sampling and Testing
        5. Monitoring of Routinely Tested Water Quality Parameters
        6. Relations to Compliance Monitoring Requirements
        7. Previous Monitoring of the Contaminants Proposed for the 
    Monitoring List
        8. Regulatory Options considered for large systems
        (a) Which large systems should monitor
        (b) Monitoring Frequency
        (c) Monitoring Location
        E. Waivers
        1. Waivers for Systems Serving more than 10,000 Persons
        2. Waivers for Small Systems in State Plans
        F. Representative sample of systems serving 10,000 or fewer 
    persons
        1. System Size
        2. System Type
        (a) Public Water System Monitoring
        (b) Non-Transient Non-Community Water Systems
        (c) Transient Non-Community Systems
        3. Geographic location within the State
        4. Likelihood of Finding Contaminants
        5. State Plans for the Representative Sample
        (a) Representative State Plans
        (b) Systems Selected for Pre-Screen Testing
        (c) Tribal Water Systems as a Separate Group
        (d) ``Index'' Systems
        (e) Other State Data
        6. Regulatory Options
        G. Reporting of Monitoring Results
        1. PWS and State Reporting to EPA
        2. Regulatory Options
        3. Timing of Reporting
        4. Method of Reporting
        5. Public Notification of Availability of Results
        6. Voluntary Reporting
    IV. Implementation of Today's Proposal
        A. Setting an Effective Date
        B. Primary Program Revision
        C. Implementation in Indian Country
        D. Establishing the Laboratory Testing Program
        1. Analytical Methods for the Testing Program
        2. Testing Program for systems serving more than 10,000 persons
        3. Testing Program for systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons
        E. Continued Analytical Methods Development
        F. Determining the National Representative Sample and State 
    Monitoring Plans
        G. Specifying the Vulnerable Monitoring Period
        H. Conducting the Sampling
        I. Screening Survey
        J. Pre-Screen Testing
        K. Testing
        L. Reporting Requirements
        M. Record Keeping
        N. Modifying the Monitoring List
        O. Funding for Testing of Sample for Systems in State Monitoring 
    Plans and for Pre-Screen Testing
        (1) Assessment Monitoring
        (2) Screening Survey.
        (3) Pre-Screen Testing
    V. Relation of the Proposed Regulation to the Existing Regulation
    VI. Cost and Benefit of a Revised UCMR Program
        A. Program Cost Estimates
        B. Net Costs
        C. Benefits
    VII. Performance-Based Measurement System
    VIII. Solicitation of Public Comment
    IX. Administrative Requirements
        A. Executive Order 12866--Regulatory Planning and Review
        B. Executive Order 13045--Protection of Children From 
    Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
        C. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
        D. Paperwork Reduction Act
        E. Regulatory Flexibility Act
        F. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
        G. Executive Order 12898--Federal Actions to Address 
    Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income 
    Populations
    
    [[Page 23400]]
    
        H. Executive Order 12875--Enhancing Intergovernmental 
    Partnerships
    I. Executive Order 13084--Consultation and Coordination with Indian 
    Tribal Governments
    X. Public Involvement in Regulation Development
    XI. References
    
    Potentially Regulated Entities
    
        The regulated entities are public water systems. All large 
    community and non-transient non-community water systems serving more 
    than 10,000 persons would be required to monitor. A community water 
    system means a public water system which serves at least 15 public 
    service connections used by year-round residents or regularly serves at 
    least 25 year-round residents. Non-transient non-community water system 
    means a public water system that is not a community water system and 
    that regularly serves at least 25 of the same persons over 6 months per 
    year. Only a national representative sample of community and non-
    transient non-community systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons would 
    be required to monitor. Transient non-community systems (i.e., systems 
    that do not regularly serve at least 25 of the same persons over six 
    months per year) would not be required to monitor. States, Territories, 
    and Tribes with primacy to administer the regulatory program for public 
    water systems under the Safe Drinking Water Act, sometimes conduct 
    analyses to measure for contaminants in water samples and would be 
    regulated by this action. Categories and entities that may ultimately 
    be regulated include the following:
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Examples of potentially
               Category                    regulated entities           SIC
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    State, Tribal and Territorial   States, Territories, and Tribes     9511
     Governments.                    that analyze water samples on
                                     behalf of public water systems
                                     required to conduct such
                                     analysis; States, Territories,
                                     and Tribes that themselves
                                     operate community and non-
                                     transient non-community water
                                     systems required to monitor.
    Industry......................  Private operators of community      4941
                                     and non-transient non-community
                                     water systems required to
                                     monitor.
    Municipalities................  Municipal operators of community    9511
                                     and non-transient non-community
                                     water systems required to
                                     monitor.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        This table is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a 
    guide for readers regarding entities likely to be regulated by this 
    action. This table lists the types of entities that EPA is now aware 
    could potentially be regulated by this action. Other types of entities 
    not listed in the table could also be regulated. If you have questions 
    regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, 
    consult the person listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 
    CONTACT section.
    
    I. Why the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation Is 
    Changing
    
        The current Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Program operating 
    under the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA, the Act) requires public water 
    systems to monitor for unregulated contaminants during one year every 
    five years. Under section 1445(a)(2) of the Act, as amended in 1996, 
    the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is required to establish 
    criteria for a monitoring program for unregulated contaminants and, by 
    August 6, 1999, to publish a list of contaminants to be monitored. To 
    conform to the 1996 Amendments, EPA is proposing substantial revisions 
    to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring (UCM) Program, currently 
    described in 40 CFR 141.40. The purpose of the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring Program is to collect occurrence data to help determine 
    which contaminants EPA should regulate based on their concentrations in 
    public water systems and their adverse health effects levels.
        This proposed rule will take the place of the regulations currently 
    in 40 CFR 141.35, 141.40, and 142.15(c)(3) and modify Sec. 142.16. The 
    revisions cover the following: (1) The frequency and schedule for 
    monitoring based on public water system (PWS) size, water source, and 
    likelihood of finding the contaminants; (2) a new shorter list of 
    contaminants to be monitored, (3) procedures for selecting and 
    monitoring a national representative sample of public water systems 
    serving 10,000 or fewer people, and (4) procedures for placing the 
    monitoring data in the National Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence 
    Data Base (NCOD), as required under Section 1445. The data generated by 
    this rule, when adopted, will be used to identify contaminants for the 
    Contaminant Candidate List (CCL), to support the Administrator's 
    determination of whether or not to regulate a contaminant under the 
    drinking water program, and to support the development of drinking 
    water regulations. The proposed revised UCM Program is a cornerstone of 
    the sound science approach to future drinking water regulation, which 
    is one of the aims of the SDWA Amendments.
        In a separate action, EPA has published a Direct Final Rule (64 FR 
    1494, January 8, 1999) which will cancel the existing monitoring 
    requirements for systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons effective 
    January 1, 1999. The Direct Final Rule will modify the existing 
    regulations ahead of this Proposed Rule to revise the existing 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring regulations. The Direct Final Rule's 
    purpose is to allow the systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons to save 
    the cost of a third monitoring round under the existing regulation, 
    which if performed would overlap with monitoring under the proposed 
    revised rule. EPA believes that it has sufficient data from the 
    previous monitoring rounds to make decisions concerning the status of 
    the contaminants on the existing monitoring list (see Table 1).
    
    II. Current Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
    
    A. Current Program
    
        The current Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Program was 
    established in the SDWA, as amended in 1986, and implemented by 
    regulation in 1987 (52 FR 25720, July 8, 1987). The program was revised 
    three times thereafter (56 FR 3526, January 30, 1991; 57 FR 22178, May 
    27, 1992; and 57 FR 31776, July 17, 1992). Under 40 CFR 141.40, public 
    water systems are required to monitor for up to 48 unregulated 
    contaminants and under 40 CFR 141.35, to report monitoring results to 
    the States, or to EPA if a State does not have primacy to administer 
    the State Drinking Water Program. These 48 contaminants are listed in 
    Table 1 of this Preamble, along with their regulatory status. Under 40 
    CFR 142.15, primacy States must report monitoring results to EPA. 
    Repeat monitoring and reporting are required during one year every 5 
    years. Systems serving fewer than 150 service connections may make 
    their facilities available for the States to monitor, rather than 
    perform their own monitoring.
    
    B. Status of Unregulated Contaminants on the Current Monitoring List
    
        Based on the results of the current Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring
    
    [[Page 23401]]
    
    Program, EPA analyzed each of the 48 contaminants on the current list. 
    The status of the 48 contaminants as a result of that analysis is 
    summarized below in Table 1.
    
                                                Table 1.--List and Status of the Current Unregulated Contaminants
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                               Covered by
                                                                          In regulation    On contaminant   Did not occur        other         Did not meet
                                                                         development \1\   candidate list   at significant     regulatory     health effects
                                                                                                \2\           levels \3\       action \4\       level \5\
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Aldicarb...........................................................               X
    Aldicarb sulfone...................................................               X
    Aldicarb sulfoxide.................................................               X
    Aldrin.............................................................  ...............               X
    Bromobenzene.......................................................  ...............               X
    Bromochloromethane.................................................               X
    Bromodichloromethane...............................................               X
    Bromoform..........................................................               X
    Bromomethane (methyl bromide)......................................  ...............               X
    Butachlor..........................................................  ...............  ...............               X
    sec-Butylbenzene...................................................  ...............  ...............  ...............  ...............               X
    n-Butylbenzene.....................................................  ...............  ...............  ...............  ...............               X
    tert-Butylbenzene..................................................  ...............  ...............  ...............  ...............               X
    Carbaryl...........................................................  ...............  ...............               X
    Chlorodibromomethane...............................................               X
    Chloroethane.......................................................               X
    Chloroform.........................................................               X
    Chloromethane......................................................               X
    o-Chlorotoluene....................................................  ...............  ...............               X
    p-Chlorotoluene....................................................  ...............  ...............               X
    Dibromomethane.....................................................               X
    Dicamba............................................................  ...............  ...............               X
    m-Dichlorobenzene..................................................  ...............  ...............               X
    Dichlorodifluoromethane............................................  ...............  ...............               X
    1,1-Dichloroethane.................................................  ...............               X
    2,2-Dichloropropane................................................  ...............               X
    1,3-Dichloropropane................................................  ...............               X
    1,1-Dichloropropene................................................  ...............               X
    1,3-Dichloropropene................................................  ...............               X
    Dieldrin...........................................................  ...............               X
    Fluorotrichloromethane.............................................  ...............  ...............               X
    Hexachlorobutadiene................................................  ...............               X
    3-Hydroxycarbofuran................................................  ...............  ...............  ...............               X
    Isopropylbenzene...................................................  ...............  ...............               X
    p-Isopropyltoluene.................................................  ...............               X
    Methomyl...........................................................  ...............  ...............               X
    Metolachlor........................................................  ...............               X
    Metribuzin.........................................................  ...............               X
    Naphthalene........................................................  ...............               X
    Propachlor.........................................................  ...............  ...............               X
    n-Propylbenzene....................................................  ...............  ...............               X
    Sulfate............................................................  ...............               X
    1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane..........................................  ...............  ...............               X
    1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane..........................................  ...............               X
    1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene.............................................  ...............  ...............  ...............               X
    1,2,3-Trichloropropane.............................................  ...............  ...............               X
    1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene.............................................  ...............               X
    1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene.............................................  ...............  ...............  ...............  ...............               X
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ In Regulation Development means that EPA is currently working on regulations affecting the contaminant in drinking water.
    \2\ On Contaminant Candidate List means that the contaminant is on the CCL for EPA to determine whether or not to regulate it in the future.
    \3\ Did Not Occur at Significant Levels means that unregulated contaminant monitoring results and other data did not indicate widespread occurrence or
      concentrations that would warrant further action.
    \4\ Covered By Other Regulatory Action means that the contaminant is addressed through regulation of other contaminants.
    \5\ Did Not Meet Health Effects Level means that the concentrations reported in unregulated contaminant monitoring results or other data were not at or
      above health effects levels established by EPA or other organizations that have such health indicators.
    
    
    [[Page 23402]]
    
    III. Proposed Changes in the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring 
    Program
    
    A. Revised List of Unregulated Contaminants To Be Monitored
    
    1. Criteria for Selecting Contaminants for the UCMR
    (a) Revising the Monitoring List
        Section 1445(a)(2)(B) requires EPA to list not more than 30 
    unregulated contaminants to be monitored by public water systems. Today 
    EPA is proposing to use the Contaminant Candidate List (CCL), 
    established under section 1412(b)(1)(B) of SDWA, as the primary basis 
    for selecting contaminants for future monitoring under the UCMR. The 
    criteria used in the CCL for identifying contaminants for which 
    occurrence data are needed are:
        (i) Whether sufficient data exist on the occurrence or likely 
    occurrence of the contaminant in drinking water, including production, 
    release, and use to warrant further confirming data; and
        (ii) Whether sufficient data exist to indicate the occurrence of 
    the contaminant in two or more States, or in ten or more public water 
    systems.
        The other criterion is whether an analytical method exists for the 
    contaminant. The other mechanism for selecting contaminants for UCMR 
    monitoring is through the petition of seven or more State governors to 
    EPA, described below under III.A.2.(c), Modifying the Monitoring List 
    through the Governors' Petition.
        The CCL was developed with the advice of the Working Group on 
    Contaminant Occurrence and Selection of the National Drinking Water 
    Advisory Council (NDWAC), formed pursuant to the Federal Advisory 
    Committee Act (FACA). The group developed criteria, adopted by EPA, for 
    deciding which contaminants to include on the CCL.
        Criteria for selecting contaminants for the CCL focused on 
    occurrence in water at levels of health concern, or indications of 
    occurrence (production or release, coupled with contaminant 
    properties). EPA used health effects concentrations to determine the 
    significance of occurrence levels. When developing the CCL, EPA used 
    the previous unregulated contaminant monitoring data from States as one 
    of the many sources of occurrence data. The term ``occurrence'' as used 
    here means the measured observation of a substance in drinking water or 
    potential source of drinking water. The 1998 CCL contains 50 chemical 
    contaminants and 10 microbiological contaminants. The process for 
    developing the CCL is described in more detail in the March 2, 1998, 
    Federal Register containing the list (63 FR 10273).
        When EPA began the process of choosing contaminants for the CCL, 
    EPA and NDWAC experts worked from a compendium of 8 lists containing 
    approximately 262 chemical contaminants. The lists used in this process 
    included the 1991 Drinking Water Priority List, health advisories, 
    Integrated Risk Information System, Non-Target Analytes in Public Water 
    Supply Samples, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and 
    Liability Act (CERCLA) Priority List, stakeholder responses, Toxic 
    Release Inventory, and pesticides identified by the Office of Pesticide 
    Programs. Contaminants not among the 262 chemical contaminants 
    initially identified were not considered in developing the CCL.
        Table 2 lists all of the contaminants on the CCL and indicates 
    whether they are priorities for consideration under three categories--
    regulation, research (health, treatment, and analytical methods), and 
    occurrence. (Contaminants may appear in more than one column of Table 
    2.) The groupings in Table 2 are based on current (1998) information, 
    and some movement of contaminants between categories can be expected as 
    more information is evaluated and analyzed. In Table 2, ``Regulation 
    Determination Priorities'' means that for the contaminants listed, EPA 
    believes it has or will soon have sufficient data to determine whether 
    or not to regulate these contaminants. ``Research Priorities'' means 
    that before EPA could make any regulatory determination, EPA would need 
    health effects data, treatment technology results, or analytical 
    methods development to test for the contaminants. ``Occurrence 
    Priorities'' indicates that EPA needs data to determine whether the 
    contaminant occurs or is likely to occur in drinking water of public 
    water systems. The ``Occurrence Priorities'' identify the contaminants 
    that EPA is focusing on in the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring 
    Program proposed today. EPA believes that the purpose of this program 
    is to compile data concerning the occurrence of unregulated 
    contaminants in drinking water so that, together with health effects 
    information, EPA can determine which unregulated contaminants are 
    priorities for future regulation.
    
    [[Page 23403]]
    
    
    
                                       Table 2.--Contaminant Candidate List (CCL)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Research priorities
          Regulatory      ---------------------------------------------------------------------      Occurrence
        determination                                                      Analytical methods        priorities
          priorities          Health research       Treatment research          research
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Acanthamoeba           Aeromonas hydrophila   Adenoviruses           Adenoviruses           Adenoviruses
     (guidance)            Cyanobacteria (Blue-   Aeromonas hydrophila   Cyanobacteria (Blue-   Aeromonas hydrophila
    1,1,2,2-                green algae), other   Cyanobacteria (Blue-    green algae), other   Cyanobacteria (Blue-
     tetrachloroethane      freshwater algae,      green algae), other    freshwater algae,      green algae), other
    1,1-dichloroethane      and their toxins       freshwater algae,      and their toxins       freshwater algae,
    1,2,4-                 Caliciviruses           and their toxins      Caliciviruses           and their toxins
     trimethylbenzene      Helicobacter pylori    Caliciviruses          Helicobacter pylori    Caliciviruses
    1,3-dichloropropene    Microsporidia          Coxsackieviruses (ICR  Microsporidia          Coxsackieviruses
    2,2-dichloropropane    Mycobacterium avium     data)                 1,2-diphenylhydrazine   (ICR data)
    Aldrin                  intercellulare (MAC)  Echoviruses (ICR       2,4,6-trichlorophenol  Echoviruses (ICR
    Boron                  1,1-dichloropropene     data)                 2,4-dichlorophenol      data)
    Bromobenzene           1,3-dichloropropane    Helicobacter pylori    2,4-dinitrophenol      Helicobacter pylori
    Dieldrin               Aluminum               Microsporidia          2-methyl-Phenol        Microsporidia
    Hexachlorobutadiene    DCPA mono-acid and di- Mycobacterium avium    Acetochlor             1,2-
    p-Isopropyltoluene      acid degradates        intracellulare (MAC)  Alachlor ESA            diphenylhydrazine
    Manganese              Methyl bromide         Aluminum               Fonofos                2,4,6-
    Metolachlor            MTBE                   MTBE                   Perchlorate             trichlorophenol
    Metribuzin             Perchlorate            Perchlorate            RDX                    2,4-dichlorophenol
    Naphthalene            Sodium (guidance)                                                    2,4-dinitrophenol
    Organotins                                                                                  2,4-dinitrotoluene
    Triazines and                                                                               2,6-dinitrotoluene
     degradation products                                                                       2-methyl-phenol
     (incl., but not                                                                            Alachlor ESA
     limited to Cyanazine                                                                       Acetochlor
     and atrazine-                                                                              DCPA mono-acid and
     desethyl)                                                                                   di-acid degradates
    Sulfate                                                                                     DDE
    Vanadium                                                                                    Diazinon
                                                                                                Disulfoton
                                                                                                Diuron
                                                                                                EPTC
                                                                                                Fonofos
                                                                                                Linuron
                                                                                                Molinate
                                                                                                MTBE
                                                                                                Nitrobenzene
                                                                                                Perchlorate
                                                                                                Prometon
                                                                                                RDX
                                                                                                Terbacil
                                                                                                Terbufos
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The CCL lists 26 chemical and 8 microbiological contaminants as 
    occurrence priorities because additional data on their occurrence in 
    drinking water are needed to help decide whether or not to regulate 
    them. Today's proposal does not address the two contaminants identified 
    in the preparation of the CCL as highly localized in occurrence: 
    Perchlorate and RDX (hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine). During 
    the process of identifying contaminants for the CCL and subsequently 
    for the UCMR, perchlorate had only been detected at a few sites in the 
    western U.S. However, perchlorate is increasingly being detected in 
    other parts of the country. A total of nine States have detected 
    perchlorate and as monitoring increases, other States are likely to 
    detect it. EPA seeks public comment on whether perchlorate and RDX 
    should be included in the UCM List.
        For the remaining 32 contaminants on the CCL Occurrence Priorities 
    List, EPA has evaluated the availability of analytical methods 
    published by EPA or voluntary consensus standards organizations such as 
    the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and Standard 
    Methods (SM). In addition, EPA prioritized analytical methods 
    development activities for those compounds and microbiological 
    parameters for which suitable analytical methods are not currently 
    available. As listed in List 1 of Table 3 below, EPA identified 10 
    organic chemical contaminants and one microbiological contaminant for 
    which analytic methods are now available. List 1 contaminants are those 
    that are proposed today to be monitored beginning on the effective date 
    of this rule, as explained in 2., List of Contaminants to be Monitored. 
    List 2 of Table 3 lists 14 organic chemical contaminants for which 
    methods are being refined. List 3 of Table 3 identifies seven 
    microbiological contaminants for which methods are being researched. 
    Contaminants on Lists 2 and 3 are not proposed to be monitored until 
    EPA promulgates revisions to this rule to specify analytical methods 
    and related sampling requirements.
        In addition, EPA requests comment on the addition to the 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring List 1 of two naturally occurring 
    radionuclides with health concerns at low levels, Lead-210 (Pb-210), 
    and Polonium-210 (Po-210). Both nuclides are in the uranium decay 
    series along with radium-226 and radon-222. Lead-210 with a half life 
    of 22 years, and one of its progeny, polonium-210, with a half life of 
    138 days, have been found in drinking water. EPA is aware of the 
    occurrence of these contaminant in shallow aquifers in Florida (Harada, 
    et al., 1989; Upchurch, 1991), and in at least two other states. 
    Because of potential occurrence and consequent health risks, EPA is 
    considering adding these contaminants to the monitoring list.
    
    [[Page 23404]]
    
    (b) Regulatory Options
        EPA proposes in Sec. 141.40(a)(3) that the contaminants listed in 
    Lists 1-3 be used for the UCMR program monitoring list and be 
    categorized based on the availability of analytical methods. List 1 is 
    the basis for ``Assessment Monitoring.'' EPA proposes that ``Assessment 
    Monitoring'' occur at all 2,774 large community and non-transient non-
    community systems serving more than 10,000 persons and a representative 
    sample of approximately 800 systems serving less than 10,000 or fewer 
    persons in State Monitoring Plans. List 2 will be the basis of a 
    ``Screening Survey'' of approximately 300 of the systems required to do 
    Assessment Monitoring. List 3 will be used for ``Pre-Screen Testing'' 
    at up to 200 systems selected because of potential vulnerability to the 
    specific contaminants. This monitoring approach is described in detail 
    under III.C. ``Type of Monitoring Required of Public Water Systems 
    Based on Listing Group.'' Assessment Monitoring would include only 
    those contaminants in List 1 for which analytical methods are included 
    in this regulation. Assessment Monitoring (and associated ``index 
    site'' monitoring described below) is the only monitoring that would be 
    required by today's proposal. This includes contaminants for which EPA 
    expects to have developed reference analytical methods by the year 
    2000.
        For contaminants in List 2 for which analytical methods are 
    developed by the time of initial monitoring in 2001, EPA would amend 
    this rule to require the Screening Survey to be conducted at selected 
    systems. For those contaminants in List 2 and List 3 that do not have 
    well developed methods by the time of initial monitoring in 2001, EPA 
    would issue a revision to this regulation to activate the contaminants 
    at the time when the methods are considered implementable, up to the 
    limit of 30 contaminants to be monitored within the five-year 
    contaminant listing cycle. Monitoring for those contaminants would then 
    begin at a specified effective date in that prospective regulation. 
    Therefore, monitoring of contaminants on Lists 2 and 3 would not be 
    required by today's proposal and would only occur when EPA publishes a 
    revision to this regulation specifying the methods to be used and the 
    dates for monitoring to begin, at which time EPA would request public 
    comment on the methods. EPA solicits public comment on the selection of 
    these contaminants using the CCL priorities for contaminants needing 
    occurrence data before regulatory determination and the activation for 
    monitoring based on methods availability.
        EPA believes that the CCL process already uses the best available 
    information on contaminants of concern and emerging contaminants that 
    may need regulation. SDWA section 1445 (a)(2)(B)(ii) provides for the 
    Governors of seven or more states to petition the Agency to add 
    contaminants to the Monitoring List. This petition process allows for 
    the flexibility to include contaminants that are emerging as concerns 
    between the five-year listing cycles. EPA, however, does request public 
    comment on other criteria that the Agency may use to include 
    contaminants of concern on the UCM List that are not on the CCL and may 
    not be identified through a Governors' Petition, such as Polonium-210, 
    noted above.
    (c) Analytical Methods Applicable to the Monitoring List
        The Monitoring List is developed around the availability to 
    analytical methods for the listed contaminants and the level of 
    information available for them at this time. The discussion below 
    highlights analytical methods considerations in listing the 
    contaminants for monitoring. Only the contaminants identified on List 1 
    will be monitored as a result of today's proposal. Contaminants on 
    Lists 2 and 3 below are proposed for the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring List, but will not be activated for monitoring until EPA 
    believes that the analytical methods can be applied to obtain reliable 
    results. At that time, EPA will propose List 2 and 3 contaminants for 
    monitoring.
    (i) Chemical Analytical Methods
        The ability to correctly identify a chemical contaminant is 
    directly related to the type of chemical and the analytical method 
    used. Compounds such as disinfection byproducts are far less likely to 
    be misidentified than pesticides because they are typically present at 
    relatively high concentrations in disinfected waters, while pesticides 
    are much less likely to occur, or occur at lower concentrations. The 
    analytical method selected will determine the accuracy of the 
    qualitative identification. In general, the most reliable qualitative 
    identifications will come from methods that use mass spectral data for 
    contaminant identification. However, these methods are typically less 
    sensitive than methods that rely on less selective detectors.
        Before EPA establishes a Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL), the 
    Agency relies on a analytical method suitable for routine monitoring. 
    It is likely that analytical methods in general use by laboratories 
    performing drinking water analyses may not exist for some of the 
    compounds proposed to be measured in the UCMR program. Complex 
    analytical methods or methods requiring special handling often require 
    more experienced laboratories than the laboratories performing routine 
    compliance monitoring. Even when analytical methods that are in general 
    use by analytical laboratories are available, limiting the analyses to 
    a small number of laboratories operating under strict quality control 
    requirements improves the precision and accuracy of the analyses, 
    thereby increasing the usefulness of the data.
        The option favored by many stakeholders and proposed today by EPA 
    for conducting the chemical laboratory analyses is the following:
        For PWSs serving more than 10,000 people, the PWS would be 
    responsible for sample collection and analyses for unregulated 
    contaminant Assessment Monitoring. This monitoring could be conducted 
    at the same time as the required compliance monitoring. For unregulated 
    contaminant Assessment Monitoring, however, EPA is proposing in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(3) to require quality control procedures for both 
    sampling and testing to ensure that the data collected under this 
    regulation are of sufficient quality to meet the requirements of the 
    related regulatory decisions. Thus, today's proposal specifies the 
    analytical methods and procedures to be used in obtaining these data. 
    The sampling and associated quality control requirements cover time 
    frame, frequency, sample collection and submission, and review and 
    reporting of results. The laboratory testing quality control 
    requirements address use of a certified laboratory, sample collection/
    preservation, analytical methods, method detection limit, calibration, 
    quality control sample, method performance test, detection 
    confirmation, and reporting.
        The purpose for these quality control requirements is to ensure 
    that since EPA will only be able to obtain results from 3,574 systems 
    (2,774 large systems and a representative sample of 800 systems from 
    65,600 systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons), the Agency obtains the 
    most reliable data possible. EPA will provide a guidance manual to 
    further explain these quality control measures that would need to be 
    performed for all unregulated contaminant monitoring. For systems that 
    are part of State Plans for representative samples, the sampling 
    guidance, ``UCMR Guidance for Operators of Public Water Systems
    
    [[Page 23405]]
    
    Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons'' is available. Drafts of the guidance 
    and manual ``UCMR Analytical Methods and Quality Control Manual'' are 
    available for public comment with this proposed rule through the EPA 
    Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 800-426-4791, or through EPA's Office of 
    Ground Water and Drinking Water Homepage at www.epa.gov/ogwdw. EPA 
    would apply these same testing and quality control procedures to the 
    samples of all monitored systems. These proposed procedures are 
    discussed in more detail in section 5, Monitoring Requirements under 
    the Proposed UCMR.
        EPA is specifying the use of certain analytical methods that are 
    currently available for UCM (see Table 5, Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring List, III A.2(a) column 3). While these methods are 
    routinely used by commercial and public water system laboratories 
    (including some that are currently used for compliance monitoring), 
    they have not been routinely used for the contaminants on the UCM List. 
    Note that, as shown in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, methods other than 
    those that EPA has developed may be approved for use but quality 
    control procedures must also be followed, as specified in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(4) and (5), and appendix A. EPA is requesting comments 
    on the methods which have been specified for the contaminants on the 
    UCM List.
        The data quality needs associated with drinking water chemical 
    compliance monitoring and the evaluation and use of occurrence data are 
    different. The purpose of compliance monitoring is to determine whether 
    a compound is present currently in the drinking water above the 
    established MCL. However, the purpose of the UCM is to obtain 
    occurrence data to support future regulatory decisions. The data 
    required to make regulatory decisions must be of high quality. All 
    analytical methods are subject to false negatives (not detecting a 
    contaminant when it is present), false positives (either incorrectly 
    identifying or detecting a contaminant, or introducing a contaminant 
    into a sample when it is not present), and errors in the accuracy and 
    precision of quantitative results.
        The control of false negatives is important for both compliance and 
    occurrence monitoring. However, using analytical methods which 
    inherently have fewer false positives or requiring quality control 
    elements that control false positives, is more critical in occurrence 
    than in compliance monitoring. There are much greater incentives 
    inherent in compliance monitoring (e.g., the possibility of enforcement 
    actions, the potential need to install expensive treatment systems, 
    etc., to confirm that the contaminant detected is indeed present) than 
    in occurrence data gathering.
        For occurrence monitoring, the precision of the analyses is more 
    critical than in compliance monitoring. Unless the concentration of the 
    contaminant closely approaches the MCL, even relatively imprecise data 
    can be used to ensure the data user that the compound is not present at 
    a concentration above the MCL. However, the usefulness of occurrence 
    data is much more dependent upon the precision of the measurement. The 
    ability to perform meaningful statistical analysis, e.g., to determine 
    the percentage of waters in the United States that have compound X at 
    or above the minimum reporting level (MRL), or to determine whether 
    compound X occurs more frequently or at higher concentrations in one 
    type of water or geographical region of the country, is directly 
    dependent on the precision of the data.
        The Agency has evaluated analytical methods developed by both EPA 
    and other voluntary consensus standards organizations that publish 
    analytical methods, such as Standard Methods and the American Society 
    for Testing and Materials. The Agency has not approved analytical 
    methods published only in analytical journals or methods that use 
    techniques that cannot routinely be used by all drinking water analysis 
    laboratories (e.g., acid, base/neutral fractionation, or packed column 
    gas chromatography). Because control of ``false negatives'' is 
    essential to the quality of the data collected under this proposed 
    regulation, documentation of the contaminants' stability under the 
    sample and extract holding conditions specified in the analytical 
    method were also evaluated.
        For the compounds selected to be included in this regulation, the 
    following summary, Table 3, Status of Analytical Methods for Chemical 
    Contaminants on the UCM List, presents a brief assessment of methods 
    availability for each chemical contaminant. EPA requests public comment 
    on this assessment of methods availability.
    
                    Table 3.--Status of Analytical Methods for Chemical Contaminants on the UCM List
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        List 1--Organic chemical
               contaminant                CAS No.          Analytical Methods            Status of availability
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    2,4-dinitrotoluene..............        121-14-2  EPA 525.2                    Method is adequate for
                                                                                    monitoring.
    2,6-dinitrotoluene..............        606-20-2  EPA 525.2                    Method is adequate for
                                                                                    monitoring.
    DCPA mono acid degradates.......        887-54-7  EPA 515.1                    No method is available to measure
                                                      EPA 515.2                     the mono and di acid forms
                                                      D5317-93                      separately. All of the approved
                                                      AOAC 992.32                   methods identify total mono and
                                                                                    di acid forms.
    DCPA di acid degradates.........       2136-79-0  EPA 515.1                    No method is available to measure
                                                      EPA 515.2                     the mono and di acid forms
                                                      D5317-93                      separately. All of the approved
                                                      AOAC 992.32                   methods identify total mono and
                                                                                    di acid forms.
    4,4'-DDE........................         72-55-9  EPA 508                      Methods are adequate for
                                                      EPA 508.1                     monitoring.
                                                      EPA 525.2
                                                      D5812-96
                                                      AOAC 990.06
    EPTC............................        759-94-4  EPA 507                      Methods are adequate for
                                                      EPA 525.2                     monitoring.
                                                      D5475-93
                                                      AOAC 991.07
    
    [[Page 23406]]
    
     
    Molinate........................       2212-67-1  EPA 507                      Methods are adequate for
                                                      EPA 525.2                     monitoring.
                                                      D5475-93
                                                      AOAC 991.07
    MTBE............................       1634-04-4  EPA 524.2                    Methods are adequate for
                                                      D5790-95                      monitoring.
                                                      SM6210D
    Nitrobenzene....................         98-95-3  EPA 524.2                    Methods are adequate for
                                                      D5790-95                      monitoring.
                                                      SM6210D
    Terbacil........................       5902-51-2  EPA 507                      Methods are adequate for
                                                      EPA 525.2                     monitoring.
                                                      D5475-93
                                                      AOAC 991.07
    
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        List 2--Organic chemical                       Availability of analytical
               contaminant                CAS No.               methods                  Status of availability
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1,2-diphenylhydrazine...........        122-66-7  In development.............  Some methods evaluated but
                                                                                    inadequate. Priority for
                                                                                    analytical method development.
                                                                                    Anticipate that contaminant will
                                                                                    be added to EPA Method 525.2.
    2,4,6-trichlorophenol...........         88-06-2  In development.............  EPA Method 552 evaluated but
                                                                                    subject to false positives from
                                                                                    interferences of the derivitized
                                                                                    byproduct of the contaminant.
                                                                                    Anticipate that contaminant will
                                                                                    be included in a new solid phase
                                                                                    extraction/GC/MS method
                                                                                    currently under development.
    2,4-dichlorophenol..............        120-83-2  In development.............  EPA Method 552 evaluated but
                                                                                    subject to quantitative
                                                                                    uncertainty due to inadequate
                                                                                    derivatization of the
                                                                                    contaminant. Anticipate that
                                                                                    contaminant will be included in
                                                                                    a new solid phase extraction/GC/
                                                                                    MS method currently under
                                                                                    development.
    2,4-dinitrophenol...............         51-28-5  In development.............  Some methods evaluated but
                                                                                    inadequate. Anticipate that
                                                                                    contaminant will be included in
                                                                                    a new solid phase extraction/GC/
                                                                                    MS method currently under
                                                                                    development.
    2-methy -phenol.................         95-48-7  In development.............  Some methods evaluated but
                                                                                    inadequate. Anticipate that
                                                                                    contaminant will be included in
                                                                                    a new solid phase extraction/GC/
                                                                                    MS method currently under
                                                                                    development.
    Alachlor ESA and degradation      ..............  To be determined...........  EPA is evaluating which specific
     byproducts of acetanilide                                                      contaminants will be included
     pesticides.                                                                    within this group of compounds.
                                                                                    Analytical methods will be
                                                                                    determined for the targeted
                                                                                    contaminants.
    Acetochlor......................      34256-82-1  In development.............  No adequate method available.
                                                                                    Anticipate that this compound
                                                                                    can be added to the scope of EPA
                                                                                    Method 525.2
    Diazinon........................        333-41-5  In development.............  Diazinon is listed as an
                                                                                    contaminant in several EPA and
                                                                                    voluntary consensus standard
                                                                                    organization methods but it is
                                                                                    subject to rapid aqueous
                                                                                    degradation. Preservation
                                                                                    research currently being
                                                                                    conducted to develop
                                                                                    preservation technique that
                                                                                    would permit adding this
                                                                                    compound to EPA Method 525.2.
    Disulfoton......................        298-04-4  In development.............  Disulfoton is listed as an
                                                                                    contaminant in several EPA and
                                                                                    voluntary consensus standard
                                                                                    organization methods but it is
                                                                                    subject to rapid aqueous
                                                                                    degradation. Preservation
                                                                                    research currently be conducted
                                                                                    to develop preservation
                                                                                    technique that would permit
                                                                                    adding this compound to EPA
                                                                                    Method 525.2.
    Diuron..........................        330-54-1  In development.............  While this compound is included
                                                                                    in the scope of NPS Method 4
                                                                                    (LLE/HLPC/UV) and EPA Method
                                                                                    553(SPE/HPLC/MS), these methods
                                                                                    are not adequate for this
                                                                                    monitoring. Anticipate that this
                                                                                    compound can be included in a
                                                                                    new SPE/HPLC/UV method currently
                                                                                    being developed.
    Fonofos.........................        944-22-9  In development.............  Fonofos is listed as an
                                                                                    contaminant in several EPA and
                                                                                    voluntary consensus standard
                                                                                    organization methods but it is
                                                                                    subject to rapid aqueous
                                                                                    degradation. Preservation
                                                                                    research is currently being
                                                                                    conducted to develop
                                                                                    preservation technique that
                                                                                    would permit adding this
                                                                                    compound to EPA Method 525.2.
    Linuron.........................        330-55-2  In development.............  While this compound is included
                                                                                    in the scope of NPS Method 4
                                                                                    (LLE/HLPC/UV) and EPA Method
                                                                                    553(SPE/HPLC/MS), these methods
                                                                                    are not adequate for this
                                                                                    monitoring. Anticipate that this
                                                                                    compound can be included in a
                                                                                    new SPE/HPLC/UV method currently
                                                                                    being developed.
    Prometon........................       1610-18-0  In development.............  Prometon is listed as an
                                                                                    contaminant in several EPA and
                                                                                    voluntary consensus standard
                                                                                    organization methods but it is
                                                                                    subject to rapid aqueous
                                                                                    degradation in non-acidified
                                                                                    samples and is not readily
                                                                                    extracted in acidified samples.
                                                                                    Preservation research is
                                                                                    currently being conducted to add
                                                                                    neutralizing the pH of acidified
                                                                                    samples just prior to
                                                                                    extraction. This would permit
                                                                                    adding this compound to EPA
                                                                                    Method 525.2.
    
    [[Page 23407]]
    
     
    Terbufos........................      13071-79-9  In development.............  Terbufos is listed as an
                                                                                    contaminant in several EPA and
                                                                                    voluntary consensus standard
                                                                                    organization methods but it is
                                                                                    subject to rapid aqueous
                                                                                    degradation. Preservation
                                                                                    research is currently being
                                                                                    conducted to develop a
                                                                                    preservation technique that
                                                                                    would permit adding this
                                                                                    compound to EPA Method 525.2.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    (ii) Microbiological Analytical Methods
        The discussion of data quality for chemical analytical methods will 
    also apply to microbiological testing when analytical methods are 
    developed for CCL microorganisms. When microorganisms were proposed for 
    the CCL, EPA recognized that analytical methods were not well developed 
    for the majority of them. Because of the lack of available analytical 
    methods, some of the CCL microorganisms were grouped either into one 
    category where sufficient information was available about methodologies 
    to consider regulating them, or another category where more research, 
    including research on detection methods and occurrence, was needed. At 
    the present time, Aeromonas is the only one of these microorganisms for 
    which more occurrence data are needed that also has an analytical 
    method that is likely to be sufficiently developed for monitoring in 
    time for implementation in the first round of Assessment Monitoring, 
    List 1, under this proposed program. Three other microorganisms have 
    methods available, but EPA is presently refining these methods. These 
    microorganisms may be candidates for the Screening Survey if methods 
    development proceeds expeditiously (Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, List 
    2), but are currently identified for Pre-Screen Testing (Table 1, List 
    3). The remaining four microorganisms currently lack satisfactory 
    methods and will be evaluated for Pre-Screen Testing.
        Several microorganisms on the CCL are actually groups of 
    microorganism taxa. In some cases, the taxa have so many members that, 
    given the limited resources available for UCMR monitoring, EPA may have 
    to prioritize which strains, species, or serotypes are the most 
    important to consider and target for monitoring or further study. 
    Decisions will have to be made on the basis of health risk, 
    disinfection resistance, occurrence in water, and other factors. To 
    address the need to prioritize which microorganisms should be targeted 
    for monitoring, EPA's Office of Research and Development is assisting 
    the Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water in establishing a 
    research program for health effects, treatment and analytical methods. 
    EPA is requesting public comment on the assessment of methods 
    availability and related issues presented below in Table 4.
    
                                     Table 4.--Status of Analytical Methods for Microbiological Contaminants on the UCM List
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               List 1--Microbiological contaminant                        Availability of analytical method                    Status of availability
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Aeromonas hydrophila.....................................  Analytical method likely to be available for monitoring  Current modification and evaluation
                                                                                                                         of a published membrane filtration
                                                                                                                         method (Havelaar et al., 1987)
                                                                                                                         indicates that this method will be
                                                                                                                         suitable for the monitoring
                                                                                                                         program.
     
               List 3--Microbiological contaminant
     
    Cyanobacteria (blue-green algae, other freshwater algae    Methods available but not standardized.................  Methods are available for counting
     and their toxins).                                                                                                  cyanobacteria but new, standardized
                                                                                                                         methods are needed for direct
                                                                                                                         counts of targeted species with
                                                                                                                         filtration methods or a counting
                                                                                                                         chamber. Standardized analytical
                                                                                                                         methods are also needed to detect
                                                                                                                         the more important cyanobacterial
                                                                                                                         toxins.
    Echoviruses..............................................  Methods available but not standardized.................  With care to control overgrowths,
                                                                                                                         echoviruses can be cultured on BGM
                                                                                                                         cells and detected by ICR method
                                                                                                                         but need methods such as
                                                                                                                         serological typing to distinguish
                                                                                                                         from other viruses. Cost of cell
                                                                                                                         culture assays plus serotyping can
                                                                                                                         be high. PCR methods, which are not
                                                                                                                         available, are subject to
                                                                                                                         interferences and do not
                                                                                                                         demonstrate infectivity.
    Coxsackieviruses.........................................  Methods available but not standardized.................  Group B coxsackieviruses are easy to
                                                                                                                         grow in tissue culture but group A
                                                                                                                         coxsackieviruses are variable.
                                                                                                                         Culturable coxsackieviruses can be
                                                                                                                         detected with the ICR method but
                                                                                                                         serotyping is needed to distinguish
                                                                                                                         coxsackie from other viruses. Other
                                                                                                                         detection methods such as
                                                                                                                         immunoassay or PCR do not exist.
                                                                                                                         New, standardized methods are
                                                                                                                         needed.
    Helicobacter pylori......................................  No method currently available..........................  Helicobacter pylori is difficult to
                                                                                                                         grow due to slow growth and the
                                                                                                                         need for a low oxygen environment.
                                                                                                                         No selective medium exist that will
                                                                                                                         discriminate H. pylori from
                                                                                                                         background bacteria. A culturable
                                                                                                                         method that demonstrates viability
                                                                                                                         is preferred. Methods are needed
                                                                                                                         for selective growth and
                                                                                                                         identification. IMS has been used
                                                                                                                         to concentrate Helicobacter pylori.
                                                                                                                         PCR methods have been used but are
                                                                                                                         not preferred due to interferences
                                                                                                                         and the inability to demonstrate
                                                                                                                         viability.
    
    [[Page 23408]]
    
     
    Microsporidia............................................  No method currently available..........................  No methods are available for the
                                                                                                                         monitoring of the two species of
                                                                                                                         human microspordia which have a
                                                                                                                         waterborne route of transmission
                                                                                                                         (Enterocytozoon bienuesi and
                                                                                                                         Septata intestinalis). Oocysts
                                                                                                                         could possibly be detected by
                                                                                                                         methods similar to those being
                                                                                                                         developed for Cryptosporidium.
                                                                                                                         Potential methods may utilize water
                                                                                                                         filtration, clean-up with
                                                                                                                         immunomagnetic separation (IMS) and
                                                                                                                         detection using microscopy with
                                                                                                                         either fluorescent antibody or gene
                                                                                                                         probe procedures. Due to the small
                                                                                                                         size of microsporidia, problems
                                                                                                                         could be encountered during
                                                                                                                         filtration.
    Adenoviruses.............................................  No method currently available..........................  Adenoviruses serotypes 1 to 39 can
                                                                                                                         be grown in tissue culture but
                                                                                                                         enteric adenoviruses 40 to 41 are
                                                                                                                         difficult to grow. Several
                                                                                                                         selective tissue culture methods
                                                                                                                         and detection methods have been
                                                                                                                         reported. A selective, standardized
                                                                                                                         method is needed for monitoring.
                                                                                                                         PCR methods are not preferred
                                                                                                                         because of interferences and
                                                                                                                         inability to demonstrate
                                                                                                                         infectivity.
    Caliciviruses............................................  No method currently available..........................  No tissue culture methods exist for
                                                                                                                         the two caliciviruses on the CCL
                                                                                                                         (Norwalk and Snow Mountain). No
                                                                                                                         sensitive or fully developed
                                                                                                                         detection methods exist. PCR
                                                                                                                         methods are not preferred due to
                                                                                                                         interferences and the inability to
                                                                                                                         demonstrate infectivity.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    (d) Screening Methods
        SDWA section 1445(i) requires EPA to review new analytical methods 
    that may be used for regulated contaminants screening and analysis. 
    After this review, EPA may approve such methods that are deemed ``more 
    accurate or cost-effective than established reference methods for use 
    in compliance monitoring.'' Section 1445(a)(2)(G) also allows States to 
    use screening methods approved by the Administrator for unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring. These methods are expected to provide 
    flexibility in compliance monitoring to water systems and laboratories 
    performing analysis on behalf on these systems. They are expected to be 
    ``better and/or faster'' than existing analytical methods. EPA is 
    developing a framework for the use of screening procedures for 
    monitoring drinking water contaminants, and determining how the Agency 
    will approve or recommend screening procedures for specific 
    contaminants.
    2. List of Contaminants To Be Monitored
    (a) Proposed Monitoring List
        Table 5, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List (Proposed), 
    presents EPA's proposal for the initial list of unregulated 
    contaminants for monitoring under section 1445(a)(2)(B)(i). The 
    monitoring program that EPA proposes for these contaminants is a three-
    tiered approach based on the availability of information about each 
    contaminant and the availability of analytical methods for each 
    contaminant. This approach is described in section C., Type of 
    Monitoring Required of Public Water Systems Based on Listing Group. The 
    proposed monitoring program divides the listed unregulated contaminants 
    into three lists: List 1, for which Assessment Monitoring will be 
    required, List 2, designated for the Screening Survey; and List 3, 
    designated for Pre-screen Testing. Today's proposed regulation only 
    requires Assessment Monitoring for List 1 contaminants beginning on the 
    proposed effective date of January 1, 2001. The monitoring for 
    contaminants on Lists 2 and 3 will only be required after EPA 
    promulgates further rules.
        EPA proposes requiring Assessment Monitoring for those contaminants 
    for which methods exist at the time this regulation is promulgated; as 
    a result, some contaminants from List 2 may move to List 1 if EPA 
    considers their methods reliable by promulgation of the final 
    regulation. Also, by future rulemaking, EPA plans to implement the 
    Screening Survey (List 2) monitoring in groups or batches of 
    contaminants, rather than one contaminant at a time, to minimize 
    sampling and testing costs since some of the contaminants may be tested 
    by the same method. EPA proposes to take a similar approach with the 
    contaminants in the Pre-Screen Testing (List 3) category. EPA plans to 
    require, through future rulemaking Pre-Screen Testing for contaminants 
    for which EPA needs to determine that new analytical methods can 
    measure their existence in locations most likely to be found. All 
    analytical methods for contaminants on Lists 2 and 3 would be peer 
    reviewed, following EPA's policy for peer review, before the Agency 
    proposes regulations which would require public water systems to 
    monitor for them. EPA is seeking comment on the approach of a three-
    tiered monitoring program for unregulated contaminants and on the 
    proposed list of contaminants to be monitored.
        In Table 5, List 1 contaminants, for Assessment Monitoring, are 
    organic chemicals and one microbiological contaminant for which 
    analytical methods capable of generating the quantity and quality of 
    data required under the UCMR are currently available, or expected to be 
    available by promulgation of the final rule (August 1999). Monitoring 
    for these contaminants would be required under today's proposed UCMR. 
    These contaminants are in today's proposed rule, Sec. 141.40(a)(3), 
    Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List, List 1.
        List 2 contaminants (all organic chemicals, at this time), 
    contaminants for the Screening Survey, are those for which EPA is 
    currently refining analytical methods. Development of these methods 
    should be sufficient for a Screening Survey to be conducted in the 
    first three years of the listing cycle, but may occur in the later 
    years of the cycle. If methods are available for any of these 
    contaminants before promulgation of the final rule, they will be added 
    to Assessment Monitoring, List 1. These contaminants are characterized 
    in today's proposed rule at Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring 
    List, List 2.
        List 3 contaminants (all microbiological contaminants, at this 
    time), contaminants for Pre-screen Testing, are those for which EPA has 
    begun or shortly will begin analytical methods development, but 
    completion of those efforts is not expected prior to the Assessment 
    Monitoring or Screening Survey required under implementation
    
    [[Page 23409]]
    
    of this regulation. Instead, these contaminants would be tested for in 
    Pre-Screen Testing. These contaminants are in today's proposed rule at 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(3) as Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List, 
    List 3.
        The column headings of Table 5 include:
    
    1--Chemical or microbiological contaminant: the name of the 
    contaminants to be analyzed.
    2--CAS No. (Chemical Abstract Service Number): a unique number 
    identifying the chemical contaminants.
    3--Analytical Methods: method numbers identifying the methods that 
    could be used to test the contaminants.
    4--Minimum Reporting Level: the value and unit of measure at or above 
    which the concentration or density of the contaminant must be measured 
    using the Approved Analytical Methods.
    5--Sampling Location: the locations within a PWS at which samples must 
    be collected.
    6--Date Monitoring to Begin: The years during which the sampling and 
    testing are to occur for the indicated contaminant.
    
                                                  Table 5.--Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List (Proposed)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         2--CAS                                                                                                 6--Date
            1--Contaminant           identification       3--Analytical methods         4--Minimum reporting       5--Sampling location      monitoring to
                                          No.                                                  level                                             begin
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  List 1--Assessment Monitoring: Organic Chemical Contaminants
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    2,4-dinitrotoluene...........           121-14-2  EPA 525.2 a                    2.4 ug/L e                 EPTDS f                            2001-2003
    2,6-dinitrotoluene...........           606-20-2  EPA 525.2 a                    2.0 ug/L e                 EPTDS f                            2001-2003
    DCPA mono acid degradate.....           887-54-7  EPA 515.1 a                    1.0 ug/L e                 EPTDS f                            2001-2003
                                                      EPA 515.2 a
                                                      5317-93 b
                                                      AOAC 992.32 c
    DCPA di acid degradate.......          2136-79-0  EPA 515.1 a                    1.0 ug/Le                  EPTDS f                            2001-2003
                                                      EPA 515.2 a
                                                      D5317-93 b
                                                      AOAC 992.32 c
    4,4'-DDE.....................            72-55-9  EPA 508 a                      0.75 ug/Le                 EPTDS f                            2001-2003
                                                      EPA 508.1 a
                                                      EPA 525.2 a
                                                      D5812-96 b
    EPTC.........................           759-94-4  EPA 507 a                      1.2 ug/L e                 EPTDS f                            2001-2003
    Molinate.....................          2212-67-1  EPA 507 a                      0.87 ug/L e                EPTDS f                            2001-2003
                                                      EPA 525.2 a
                                                      D5475-93 b
                                                      AOAC 991.07 c
    MTBE.........................          1634-04-4  EPA 524.2 a                    5.0 ug/L g                 EPTDS f                            2001-2003
                                                      5790-95 b
                                                      SM6210D d
    Nitrobenzene.................            98-95-3  EPA 524.2 a                    12 ug/L g                  EPTDS f                            2001-2003
                                                      D5790-95 b
                                                      SM6210D d
    Terbacil.....................          5902-51-2  EPA 507 a                      23 ug/Le                   EPTDS f                            2001-2003
                                                      EPA 525.2 a
                                                      5475-93 b
                                                      AOAC 991.07 c
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   List 1--Assessment Monitoring: Microbiological Contaminants
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Aeromonas Hydrophila.........         Reserved h  Membrane filter, in review     1 colony forming unit      (1) Near end of                    2001-2003
                                                                                                                 distribution line with
                                                                                                                 longest residence time;
                                                                                                                 (2) at a representative
                                                                                                                 site in the distribution
                                                                                                                 system
    
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               CAS
           Chemical contaminant           identification     Anticipated analytical methods         Minimum reporting level e          Sampling location
                                               No.
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     List 2--Screening Survey: Organic Chemical Contaminants (To Be Sampled After Notice of Analytical Methods Availability)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1,2-diphenylhydrazine.............           122-66-7  EPA 525.2 i                         TBD h                               EPTDS f
    2-methyl-phenol...................            95-48-7  SPE/GC/MS l                         TBD h                               EPTDS f
    2,4-dichlorophenol................           120-83-2  SPE/GC/MS l                         TBD h                               EPTDS f
    2,4-dinitrophenol.................            51-28-5  SPE/GC/MS l                         TBD h                               EPTDS f
    2,4,6-trichlorophenol.............            88-06-2  SPE/GC/MS l                         TBD h                               EPTDS f
    Acetochlor........................         34256-82-1  EPA 525.2 i                         TBD h                               EPTDS f
    Alachlor ESA......................  .................  TBD h                               TBD h                               EPTDS f
    Diazinon..........................           333-41-5  EPA 525.2 k                         TBD h                               EPTDS f
                                                                                               TBD h                               EPTDS f
    Disulfoton........................           298-04-4  EPA 525.2 k                         ..................................  .........................
    
    [[Page 23410]]
    
     
    Diuron............................           330-54-1  SPE/HPLC/UV j                       TBD h                               EPTDS f
                                                                                               TBD h                               EPTDS f
    Fonofos...........................           944-22-9  EPA 525.2 i                         ..................................  .........................
    Linuron...........................           330-55-2  SPE/HPLC/UV j                       TBD h                               EPTDS f
    Prometon..........................          1610-18-0  EPA 525.2 k                         TBD h                               EPTDS f
                                                                                               TBD h                               EPTDS f
    Terbufos..........................         13071-79-9  EPA 525.2 k                         ..................................  .........................
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a The version of the EPA methods being approved will be dependent upon the status of the approval of new versions for compliance monitoring. If
      appropriate regulations approving new versions of EPA compliance monitoring methods are completed prior to the promulgation of this regulation, the
      following versions of the above methods will be approved. Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water--Supplement III, EPA-
      600/R-95-131, August 1995. NTIS PB95-261616. Copies are also available from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), U.S. Department of
      Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. The toll-free number is 800-553-6847.
    If new regulations changing the versions of methods being approved for compliance monitoring are not completed prior to the promulgation of this
      regulation, then the following versions of the EPA methods are being approved for monitoring under the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule.
      Methods 507, 508, and 515.1 are in Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water, EPA-600/4-88-039, December 1988, Revised,
      July 1991. Methods 515.2 and 524.2 are in Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water--Supplement II, EPA/600/R-92/129,
      August 1992. These documents are available from the National Technical Information Service, (NTIS) U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road,
      Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847. Methods 508.1 and 525.2 are available from US EPA NERL--Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268, (513) 569-
      7586.
    b Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1996 and 1998, Vol. 11.02, American Society for Testing and Materials. Method D5812-96 is located in the Annual Book of
      ASTM Standards, 1998, Vol. 11.02. Methods D5790-95, D5475-93, and D5317-93 are located in the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1996 and 1998, Vol 11.02.
      Copies may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 101 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428.
    c Official Methods of Analysis of AOAC (Association of Official Analytical Chemist) International, Sixteenth Edition, 4th Revision, 1998, Volume I, AOAC
      International, First Union National Bank Lockbox, PO Box 75198, Baltimore, MD 21275-5198. 1-800-379-2622.
    d 18th and 19th editions of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992 and 1995, American Public Health Association; either
      edition may be used. Copies may be obtained from the American Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW, Washington, DC 20005.
    e Minimum Reporting Level determined by multiplying by 10 the least sensitive method's minimum detection limit (MDL=standard deviation times the
      Student's T value for 99% confidence level with n-1 degrees of freedom), or when available, multiplying by 5 the least sensitive method's estimated
      detection limit (where the EDL equals the concentration of compound yielding approximately a 5 to 1 signal to noise ratio or the calculated MDL,
      whichever is greater).
    f Entry Points to the Distribution System, After Treatment.
    g Minimum Reporting Levels (MRL) for Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) determined by multiplying either the published Method Detection Limit (MDL) or 0.5
      g/L times 10, whichever is greater. The MDL of 0.5 ug/L (0.0005 mg/L) was selected to conform to VOC MDL requirements of 40 CFR
      141.24(f)(17(E).
    h To be Determined.
    i Compound currently not listed as a contaminant in this method. Methods development currently being conducted in an attempt to add it to the scope of
      this method.
    j Methods development currently in progress to develop a solid phase extraction/high performance liquid chromatography/ultraviolet method for the
      determination of this compound.
    k Compound listed as being a contaminant using EPA Method 525.2; however, adequate sample preservation is not available. Preservation studies currently
      being conducted to develop adequate sample preservation.
    l Methods development currently in progress to develop a solid phase extraction/gas chromatography/mass spectrometery method for the determination of
      this compound.
    
    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                      Anticipated sampling
              Microorganism              Identification No.      Anticipated analytical methods        Minimum reporting level              location
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 List 3--Pre-screen Testing: Contaminants With Analytical Methods Not Anticipated (To Be Available by Regulation Implementation)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cyanobacteria (blue-green algae,  Reserved a..............  TBD a                             TBD a                             TBD a
     other freshwater algae and
     their toxins).
    Echoviruses.....................  Reserved a..............  TBD a                             TBD a                             TBD a
    Coxsackieviruses................  Reserved a..............  TBD a                             TBD a                             TBD a
    Helicobacter pylori.............  Reserved a..............  TBD a                             TBD a                             TBD a
    Microsporidia...................  Reserved a..............  TBD a                             TBD a                             TBD a
    Caliciviruses...................  Reserved a..............  TBD a                             TBD a                             TBD a
    Adenoviruses....................  Reserved a..............  TBD a                             TBD a                             TBD a
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a=To Be Determined.
    
        Tables 3 and 4, in III.A.1.(c), Analytical Methods Applicable to 
    the Monitoring List, present a summary of the status of the methods for 
    all the contaminants on this list.
        EPA believes that this three-tiered approach to the Monitoring List 
    and program, which was recommended by stakeholders, reflects a balance 
    between the implementability of current analytical methods and the need 
    to obtain data in time frames that are useful for responding to 
    concerns about the contaminants identified.
    (b) Number of Contaminants on the Monitoring List
        Thirty-two contaminants are on the UCM List, as proposed. SDWA 
    Section 1445 (a)(2)(B)(i) indicates that the List shall not have more 
    than 30 contaminants required to be monitored by public water systems. 
    EPA interprets this to mean that the List may contain more than 30 
    contaminants, as long as monitoring is not required for more than 30 
    contaminants during the five-year listing cycle. EPA proposes that the 
    32 contaminants identified in the CCL Occurrence Priorities remain on 
    the UCM List, with monitoring required for no more than 30 contaminants 
    in any five-year UCM cycle. Furthermore, EPA proposes that future UCM 
    Lists may include additional contaminants beyond 30, but the UCMR 
    Program would only
    
    [[Page 23411]]
    
    require monitoring for up to 30 contaminants during any listing cycle.
        The contaminants beyond 30 are ones for which PWSs might 
    voluntarily provide data if they monitored for them for their own 
    purposes. These additionally identified contaminants might also be ones 
    for which PWSs might send EPA samples to be tested and analyzed (by 
    EPA) if the Agency is developing or recently developed a provisional 
    analytical method for them. EPA is preparing a guidance document 
    specifying the procedures for voluntary submission of such data in the 
    future to the National Contaminant Occurrence Database (NCOD). EPA 
    requests public comment on maintaining a UCM List of more than 30 
    contaminants, but limiting PWS monitoring to 30 contaminants in any 
    five-year UCMR listing cycle.
    (c) Modifying the Monitoring List through the Governors' Petition
        Section 1445(a)(2)(B)(ii) of SDWA provides that the Administrator 
    shall include in the UCM List each contaminant recommended in a 
    petition signed by the Governor of each of seven or more States, unless 
    the Administrator determines that the action would prevent the listing 
    of contaminants of a higher public health concern.
        The statutory provision acknowledges the roles of States in setting 
    priorities for developing health-based drinking water standards. The 
    Governors' petition also provides a formal mechanism for addressing 
    drinking water contaminants of concern that are identified between the 
    periodic updating of the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Rule and 
    the parallel five-year cycle of the Contaminant Candidate List.
    (i) Circumstances Affecting the Governors' Petition
        Given the requirement that the petition be signed by seven 
    Governors, the petition process is likely to be used only when a 
    contaminant has been identified in drinking water or sources of 
    drinking water that appear to necessitate prompt action to determine 
    its extent of occurrence. Under EPA's present approach to preparing the 
    Contaminant Candidate List, with States and other stakeholders 
    providing input for setting health-based priorities for research and 
    standard-setting, contaminants of concern are likely to be addressed, 
    at least initially, by special studies to determine the significance of 
    their occurrence. One example of an emerging contaminant would be 
    methyl tert butyl ether (MTBE). EPA is working with the U.S. Geological 
    Survey to collect information on the occurrence of MTBE in northeastern 
    States. Perchlorate is another example of an emerging contaminant of 
    concern; the CCL notes that occurrence information is needed and will 
    likely be obtained through special studies. California is studying 
    perchlorate occurrence by requesting all water utilities with 
    vulnerable sources to monitor for it and other States are also 
    monitoring for this contaminant.
        Given the necessary resources, EPA expects that well-designed 
    studies will, in many cases, more expeditiously determine the 
    significance of a critical new contaminant's occurrence than the 
    regulatory process of requiring monitoring through the UCMR. However, 
    today's proposal includes a codification of this statutory petition 
    process.
    (ii) Response to Governors' Petition
        EPA proposes the following approach to contaminants contained in a 
    Governors' petition. If the UCMR List contains fewer than 30 
    contaminants, the Administrator would add the recommended 
    contaminant(s) to the UMCR list as expeditiously as the regulatory 
    process and the availability of (an) acceptable analytical method(s) 
    allow. Representative monitoring of small systems, however, could be 
    delayed if EPA is devoting all the resources authorized by statute or 
    appropriated to UCMR Assessment Monitoring and Screening Survey, and 
    the monitoring of the State-recommended contaminant(s) would prevent 
    monitoring of other contaminants of a higher health concern by directly 
    replacing them or by making the collection and testing of the remaining 
    contaminants more difficult to conduct, adding costs not anticipated. 
    The other possibility is to conduct Pre-Screen Testing for the 
    contaminant if a method was at the stage of development to allow its 
    application in a highly controlled laboratory setting. This testing 
    would focus on PWSs that might be more likely locations for the 
    contaminant to occur.
        If the UCMR list is at the statutory maximum of 30 contaminants for 
    which monitoring is required, the Administrator must determine whether 
    a State-recommended contaminant is of a higher public health concern 
    than one of the contaminants already on the list. The ideal approach 
    would be to compare the contaminant's occurrence weighted by the degree 
    to which populations are exposed to levels above a health-based 
    criterion. Although not required, the Governors' petition would likely 
    cite State and/or other evidence of widespread contamination or 
    potential for contamination. Health effects information may be minimal, 
    particularly for probable drinking water exposures. In such a case, the 
    Administrator would need to compare all the information available on 
    the State-recommended contaminant(s) related to public health concerns, 
    including special concerns for children and other sensitive 
    subpopulations, and the availability of analytical methods to that of 
    the contaminants on the UCMR list, to determine which, if any, 
    contaminant(s) on the list of contaminants for which monitoring is 
    required it/they should replace.
    
    B. Public Water Systems Subject to the UCMR
    
        The monitoring in these proposed revisions focuses ultimately on 
    determining, on a national basis, the occurrence or likely occurrence 
    of contaminants in drinking water of community water systems (CWS) and 
    non-transient non-community water systems (NTNCWS). For regulatory 
    purposes, public water systems are categorized as ``community water 
    systems,'' or ``non-community water systems.'' Community water systems 
    are specifically defined as ``public water systems which serve at least 
    15 service connections used by year-round residents or regularly serve 
    at least 25 year-round residents.'' (40 CFR 141.2) A ``non-community 
    water system'' means any other public water system. Non-community water 
    systems include nontranisent non-community water systems and transient 
    non-community water systems. Non-community water systems are available 
    to serve the public, but are not used on a year-round basis in most 
    cases. Non-transient systems regular serve at least 25 of the same 
    persons over six months per year (e.g., schools). Transient systems do 
    not regularly serve at least 25 of the same persons over six months per 
    year.
        One of the factors to be considered in establishing the revised UCM 
    program under the 1996 SDWA Amendments is the number of persons served 
    by a system. With respect to size, about 2,774 large systems (each 
    serving more than 10,000 persons) provide drinking water to about 80 
    percent of the U.S. population served by public water systems. Under 
    today's proposed regulation, all large systems would be required to 
    monitor the unregulated contaminants specified in Sec. 141.40(a)(3).
        Section 1445(a)(2)(A) requires that the UCMR ensure that only a 
    representative sample of systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons be 
    required to monitor unregulated contaminants. The small community water 
    systems, each serving
    
    [[Page 23412]]
    
    10,000 or fewer persons, and the non-transient, non-community water 
    systems total 65,636 systems. EPA proposes that these systems be the 
    set from which the national representative sample of systems is 
    selected. EPA proposes that transient non-community systems be excluded 
    from unregulated contaminant monitoring requirements. The variation in 
    the 97,000 transient systems would be difficult to reflect in a 
    national representative sample and could be very costly. Furthermore, 
    projecting contaminant exposure results from such systems would be 
    complex and inconclusive because of the transient nature of the 
    population that uses them. The results from the very small community 
    and non-transient, non-community systems (NTNCWS) could be extrapolated 
    to these systems.
        EPA will pay for the reasonable costs of monitoring for this 
    representative sample, as long as the systems are part of a State 
    Monitoring Plan. The Agency proposes that each system be selected 
    through the use of a random number generator and monitored according to 
    a nationally representative sample plan developed on the basis of 
    population served by PWSs in each State. This is necessary to ensure 
    the validity of the sample nationally and because EPA typically has the 
    least information about these systems and needs a consistent base of 
    data for program development. EPA proposes that a national sample of 
    approximately 800 systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons would be 
    statistically drawn from the national population served by PWSs. 
    Section F, ``Representative Sample of Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer 
    Persons,'' provides the basis for this sample size. The number of 
    systems selected within each size range of small systems will be based 
    on the proportion of the State's population served by that size range 
    within water source type. The State-based component of this national 
    representative sample, called a State Monitoring Plan (or State Plan), 
    would be reviewed and if necessary modified by a State. The resulting 
    State Plans would then be part of a national sample framework, 
    providing the representative national sample requisite to drawing 
    national conclusions.
        Additionally, to provide an improved understanding of contaminants 
    and conditions affecting small systems, and additional quality 
    assurance for this small sample, EPA proposes to statistically select 
    up to 30 small public water systems from the systems in State 
    Monitoring Plans using a random number generator as ``index'' sites at 
    which contaminants would be monitored for every year during the five 
    year listing cycle. EPA would conduct the sampling and testing for 
    systems selected as index sites. At the time of sampling, EPA would 
    also gather other data to characterize the environmental setting 
    affecting the system including precipitation, land and water resource 
    use and environmental data (such as soil type and geology).
        Also, up to 150 additional small systems might be selected for the 
    Pre-Screen Testing. The systems for the Pre-Screen Testing will be 
    selected on the basis of their representativeness of systems most 
    vulnerable to the particular List 3 contaminants. The statistical 
    selection of the 800 systems for the national representative sample may 
    not include the systems deemed most vulnerable to these contaminants, 
    hence, the States and EPA may need to select additional systems for 
    this targeted testing.
    
    C. Type of Monitoring Required of Public Water Systems Based on Listing 
    Group
    
        At the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation Stakeholders 
    Meeting on June 3-4, 1998, a range of stakeholders suggested that the 
    UCMR monitoring program be developed through a progression of 
    monitoring levels based on contaminant groups that reflect current 
    information about both the occurrence of the contaminants and method 
    development. Current information and methods availability would 
    determine the extent of monitoring. Both EPA and stakeholders are 
    concerned about contaminants that may be ``emerging'' as contaminants 
    of concern because they have not been monitored before but have the 
    potential to be found near or in drinking water supplies or have been 
    identified as potential health problems. An ``emerging contaminant of 
    concern'' would not likely be covered by an approved EPA analytical 
    method. Typically, ``research'' methods are used to detect such 
    emerging contaminants and may be expensive. EPA would have to either 
    develop an approved method for inclusion in a regulatory approach, or 
    perhaps substitute a regulatory approach with a study using a single 
    laboratory and a ``research'' method. The need to develop an approved 
    analytical method would ``compete'' against other contaminants on the 
    CCL that also require analytical method development. In recognition of 
    these considerations, EPA proposed an approach with three monitoring 
    levels, referred to as ``Assessment Monitoring,'' ``Screening Survey,'' 
    and ``Pre-screen Testing,'' described below. EPA is seeking public 
    comment on this approach.
    1. Assessment Monitoring
        The first type of monitoring in the three-tiered monitoring program 
    that EPA proposes today pertains to the group of contaminants for which 
    analytical methods are specified in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, List 1, 
    Assessment Monitoring and in today's Preamble in Table 5, List 1. 
    Importantly, these contaminants are ones for which initial data for 
    PWSs indicate that the contaminants occur in at least two States or ten 
    public water systems and should be monitored to assess national 
    occurrence through UCM.
        In Sec. 141.40, EPA is proposing that each system conduct UCMR 
    ``Assessment Monitoring'' of List 1 contaminants for a twelve-month 
    period in the first three years of a five year UCMR contaminant listing 
    cycle. Large systems would complete this monitoring in any twelve month 
    period beginning in the years 2001 to 2003. Small systems in State 
    Monitoring Plans would complete the monitoring according to the 
    scheduled monitoring identified in those plans within the period of 
    2001 to 2003. Section F, ``Representative Sample of Systems Serving 
    10,000 or fewer persons,'' describes in detail the subset of small 
    systems required to monitor. The State could specify in the State 
    Monitoring Plans the schedule that would correlate with compliance 
    monitoring. This arrangement should enable systems to complete UCMR 
    sampling coincident with their compliance monitoring for regulated 
    contaminants during one of the years when compliance monitoring is 
    required. However, EPA recognizes that some large systems may not be 
    required to monitor for any regulated contaminants to allow compliance 
    within the five years after the effective date of this rule. In such a 
    case, such large systems could monitor for the unregulated contaminants 
    for any twelve-month period with in the five years they choose.
        EPA is proposing that surface water systems monitor for four 
    consecutive quarters and ground water systems two times six months 
    apart. Under Assessment Monitoring, systems serving more than 10,000 
    persons would conduct and pay for their own sample collection and 
    testing. Small systems included in State Monitoring Plans would collect 
    the samples with EPA-supplied equipment and send the samples to EPA-
    specified laboratories. EPA would pay for the testing and reporting. 
    The system would still have overall reporting responsibility to the
    
    [[Page 23413]]
    
    primacy agency. Frequency and location of monitoring are discussed in 
    section D, ``Monitoring Requirements under the Proposed UCMR.''
    2. Screening Survey
        The contaminants that EPA is considering for the Screening Survey 
    are listed in Table 5, List 2 and consist of those for which analytical 
    methods are under development and for which EPA has less occurrence 
    data than for the contaminants on List 1. The purpose of the Screening 
    Survey is to analyze for contaminants where the use of newly developed, 
    non-routine analytical methods are required. To do this, EPA would 
    maximize the quality of the occurrence data obtained by using only a 
    select, controlled group of laboratories. In addition, the Screening 
    Survey might allow EPA to maximize occurrence data gathering resources 
    by having a structure in place that would obtain scientifically 
    defensible occurrence data for emerging contaminants of concern, more 
    quickly than could be obtained through standard unregulated contaminant 
    monitoring efforts. The Screening Survey could, for example, be useful 
    where questions concerning whether a contaminant of concern is in fact 
    occurring in drinking water. The Screening Survey is also intended to 
    allow EPA to screen contaminants to see if they occur frequently enough 
    to justify inclusion in future unregulated contaminant Assessment 
    Monitoring or so frequently as not to require further monitoring but 
    allow the Agency to begin to develop standards.
        The contaminants in List 2 would be tested for in drinking water of 
    a smaller, statistically valid sample of all (large and small) 
    community and non-transient, noncommunity water systems (for example, 
    about 300 systems), selected through a random number generator used to 
    identify specific PWSs. The sample size needed for estimating 
    frequencies of contaminant occurrence are smaller if the actual 
    frequencies are close to 0, or to 100, percent. When a contaminant is 
    consistently present, or consistently absent, it requires fewer samples 
    to determine its frequency with adequate statistical confidence than if 
    it occurs about half the time. Only 300 PWSs are needed to determine if 
    a contaminant is present 5 percent or less frequently, at a 99 percent 
    confidence level and with a 3 percent margin of error. (The same 
    criteria require 1,844 samples when the frequency could be any number.) 
    If the contaminant occurrence were over the threshold established for 
    the Screening Survey, EPA would include the contaminant in the next 
    Assessment Monitoring round (projected to begin in 2006) of the UCM 
    program. The statistical threshold for positive results from this 
    testing to determine if further testing is warranted might be 1 to 2 
    percent of systems having detections. If the contaminant occurrence 
    were under the threshold, then no further testing would be required, 
    and the contaminant may be removed from the list in a future UCM 
    rulemaking. EPA is requesting public comment on whether the statistical 
    threshold of 1 to 2 percent of systems is adequate to make a 
    determination that further Assessment Monitoring should be conducted to 
    determine the extent of contaminant occurrence, and, if not, what 
    percent should be used as the threshold for such a determination .
        The analytical methods that might be used are identified in Table 
    5, List 2, Screening Survey, as ``Anticipated Analytical Methods.'' 
    These methods are being refined for the particular contaminants on List 
    2 and are not expected to be ready for use in an Assessment Monitoring 
    program. Therefore, as groups of contaminants from List 2 have 
    analytical methods that can be applied, EPA will publish a rule 
    modification for public comment indicating the analytical methods and 
    minimum reporting levels applicable to the contaminants and the 
    location and timeframe for sampling.
        Comments on the ``Screening Survey'' should address both the 
    rationale for the contaminants identified for the Screening Survey and 
    the monitoring program for them. Additionally, EPA is requesting public 
    comment on two potential outcomes from the ``Screening Survey'': (1) As 
    noted previously, if the contaminant is observed at very few or no PWSs 
    (i.e., less than the threshold of 1 to 2 percent of systems), then the 
    contaminant would be dropped from the UCM List 2 and no further 
    monitoring for it would occur, and (2) if the contaminant is observed 
    extensively (i.e., in a higher percentage of PWSs, such as 5 to 10 
    percent) and EPA has health effects data on it that indicate a 
    significant concern, then it may move directly to the regulation 
    development stage. In that case, there may be no Assessment Monitoring 
    to provide additional occurrence data for that contaminant, depending 
    on the urgency of the situation and existing data sufficiency.
        With respect to funding the Screening Survey, EPA proposes that it 
    pay for the testing and reporting (as described in Preamble section 
    III.G., Reporting of Monitoring Results) for systems serving 10,000 or 
    fewer persons. Systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons would be 
    responsible for sample collection and preparing the samples for 
    shipment. EPA would pay for the shipment of these samples to an EPA 
    designated laboratory for testing.
        For large systems serving more than 10,000 persons, EPA requests 
    public comment on which alternative testing approach it would follow: 
    (1) The large system would collect the samples, and submit them to a 
    laboratory approved for testing List 2 contaminants based on EPA's 
    evaluation of the laboratory's capability, blind sample test results, 
    experience with similar methods, willingness to test samples from any 
    PWS regulated under this regulation, and reasonableness of offered 
    service price. The approved laboratory would report the results to the 
    system. These large systems would be responsible for paying for the 
    costs of testing by the EPA approved laboratory. (2) EPA would specify 
    a strict protocol and performance criteria, that must be followed for 
    this Screening Survey testing, including possible additional reporting 
    requirements to allow comparison of the results with results from EPA's 
    laboratory. Large systems could submit data from the test results for 
    the List 2 contaminants as long as the laboratory doing the testing 
    could document that it followed the protocol. These protocol and 
    criteria would need to be published when the EPA publishes the 
    rulemaking for public comment that contaminants in List 2 have methods 
    ready for use in the UCMR program. EPA's concerns about this 
    alternative testing approach are: (1) Increasing the number of 
    laboratories participating would adversely impact the precision of the 
    resulting data therefore, requiring a substantial increase in the 
    number of utilities sampled to compensate, (2) A laboratory 
    certification system would need to be established, causing considerable 
    additional burden for both the States and EPA, and (3) no common 
    analytical standards are available. EPA requests public comment on 
    whether other options exist that would have low administrative burden 
    for the States and EPA, have reasonable costs for testing List 2 
    contaminants by large systems, and allow EPA to obtain the scientific 
    and defensible data it needs to make regulatory decisions.
        EPA believes that one of these two arrangements for conducting the 
    Screening Survey monitoring at large systems is necessary because 
    strict quality assurance/quality control are essential for methods that 
    are not fully developed for the contaminants being tested because of 
    the small sample size. It is important to note that this testing
    
    [[Page 23414]]
    
    would be from a limited number of systems and, for any particular 
    system, would only be done over a one-year timeframe in the five year 
    contaminant listing cycle. If the contaminant occurrence were frequent 
    enough or in sufficiently high concentrations to warrant regulation, 
    future testing for the contaminant might not occur for another three to 
    five years (i.e., after promulgation of a final regulation for that 
    contaminant.
        The Screening Survey would occur one or two times during the five-
    year listing cycle. EPA expects that this Screening Survey monitoring 
    would occur for groups of contaminants, rather than for one contaminant 
    at a time. Systems selected for the Screening Survey would monitor at 
    the same frequency as for contaminants under Assessment Monitoring. 
    Should implementation of the analytical method for a particular 
    contaminant become a problem, the contaminant might move into the 
    category of Pre-Screen Testing, described below.
    3. Pre-Screen Testing
        The third tier of the proposed monitoring program is ``Pre-Screen 
    Testing'' for contaminants with analytical methods in an early stage of 
    development. Pre-Screen Testing means sampling, testing, and reporting 
    of the listed contaminants that may have newly emerged as drinking 
    water concerns and, in most cases, for which methods are in an early 
    stage of development. Pre-screen testing will be performed to determine 
    whether a listed contaminant occurs in sufficient frequency in the most 
    vulnerable systems or sampling locations to warrant its being included 
    in future Assessment Monitoring or Screening Surveys. Pre-Screen 
    Testing requirements will only apply to a contaminant through 
    additional rulemaking.
        EPA will select a limited number of systems (up to 200) to conduct 
    Pre-Screen Testing, through the use of a random number generator, 
    selected from up to 25 most vulnerable systems identified by each 
    State. Up to 200 systems, a smaller sample size than under the 
    Screening Survey or Assessment Monitoring, are considered sufficient 
    for this type of monitoring because monitoring would occur at systems 
    anticipated to have the contaminants, based on the characteristics of 
    the contaminants, system operation, climatic conditions, and land and 
    water resource use. This monitoring is to determine whether the 
    contaminant can be found in any public water system under most likely 
    occurrence conditions specific to the contaminant, and not to determine 
    the extent of occurrence. The portion (e.g., 100 to 150) of these 200 
    systems may be a different subset of small systems serving 10,000 or 
    fewer persons than those selected for the national representative 
    sample. The reason for this different subset is that States should 
    identify the systems that are representative of the most vulnerable 
    conditions for the contaminants specified for Pre-Screen Testing. These 
    most vulnerable systems may not be those conducting Assessment 
    Monitoring or the Screening Survey. It is possible, though, that some 
    overlap of systems doing Assessment Monitoring and Pre-Screen Testing 
    could occur.
        EPA is proposing under Pre-Screen Testing that the selected systems 
    use EPA's designated or approved (as indicated above for the Screening 
    Survey testing of samples from large systems) laboratory or 
    laboratories to conduct this testing. The reason for this proposed 
    testing approach is that the analytical methods expected to be used 
    will have just emerged from research development and other laboratories 
    will not have had the opportunity to use them, which could involve 
    extensive investment in equipment and training. Rather than cause this 
    investment to occur for contaminants which have uncertain occurrence in 
    public water systems, EPA would develop the initial methods 
    sufficiently to test for the contaminants and actually apply them to 
    samples that are most likely to have the contaminants to determine 
    whether further action is warranted and additional method development 
    is needed.
        The Pre-Screen Testing option might include (1) contaminants on 
    List 3, for which EPA has limited data on occurrence in drinking water 
    and does not expect to have methods developed by the time this 
    regulation is promulgated, or (2) contaminants not on the CCL that 
    become a concern, such as through the Governors' petition process. The 
    purpose of Pre-Screen Testing would be to determine whether the methods 
    in early development will provide positive results in conditions under 
    which the contaminants are most likely to occur.
        Under this approach, once EPA has a method sufficiently developed, 
    it would require States to identify at least 5 and not more than 25 
    systems which might be most vulnerable to the listed contaminants. 
    States would select these systems from all community and non-transient 
    noncommunity systems serving less than 10,000 persons and systems 
    serving more than 10,000 persons. Selection criteria for these systems 
    include States determination of systems most vulnerable to the 
    specified contaminants and numbers of systems per State based on the 
    number of persons served in each size category of system. The States 
    would send the list of systems, the modification of their State 
    Monitoring Plans for systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons to add the 
    selected systems of this size, and the reasons for their selection, 
    considering the characteristics of the contaminants, precipitation, 
    system operation, and environmental conditions, to the EPA Regional 
    Office. EPA would select up to 200 PWSs nationwide from this pool of 
    State-identified vulnerable systems that must submit samples of the 
    specified contaminants. Some small systems selected may not be part of 
    the national representative sample of 800 systems selected for 
    Assessment Monitoring. Hence, some small systems may only be required 
    to assist with Pre-Screen Testing. States or the EPA Regional Office 
    would provide instructions to the systems for the necessary sampling 
    and subsequent shipping to the EPA laboratory. At this time, EPA 
    believes that the contaminants to which Pre-Screen Testing is likely to 
    apply are those listed in this Preamble in Table 5, List 3, and in the 
    proposed rule at Sec. 141.40(a)(3) Table 1, List 3. Sampling and 
    testing done for Pre-Screen Testing would most likely occur in the 
    later years of the five-year contaminant listing cycle. This approach 
    will assist EPA in refining the methods for these contaminants. If EPA 
    finds any substantial frequency of occurrence, the contaminants could 
    either become part of the Screening Survey or part of Assessment 
    Monitoring in future UCM lists. Since these methods could only be 
    applied under highly controlled test conditions and EPA would be 
    refining the methods, EPA would pay for the shipping and testing of 
    these samples for small monitored systems selected to participate and 
    large systems would pay for the shipping and testing of samples at EPA 
    approved laboratories.
    4. Option to the Three-Tiered Approach
        The principal option considered in developing this proposal for the 
    type of monitoring required was to require all large systems and small 
    systems included in State Monitoring Plans to monitor for all the 
    contaminants on the UCM Monitoring List, phasing in the contaminants as 
    their respective methods became approved for testing by certified 
    laboratories. This approach had the problem of attempting to use 
    recently developed methods in an extensive monitoring program without
    
    [[Page 23415]]
    
    multi-matrix, multi-laboratory testing of the methods. This option 
    would cost $50 million more annually than the proposed three-tiered 
    approach because the high cost of the methods, especially on List 3. 
    Also, the large PWSs with laboratories as well as independent 
    laboratories would have potentially large investments in testing 
    equipment that it might not have made for just a one year monitoring 
    activity, especially if EPA decided not to regulate the particular 
    contaminant. Alternatively, waiting until an analytical method had been 
    thoroughly evaluated and refined for broad use in testing at reasonable 
    cost to all systems would result in few of the contaminants on Lists 2 
    or 3 ever being monitored for during the five year listing cycle. This 
    would postpone the collection of useful data with which decisions might 
    be made relative to whether to regulate the contaminants.
    
    D. Monitoring Requirements Under the Proposed UCMR
    
    1. Monitoring Frequency
    (a) Systems Serving More Than 10,000 Persons
        Chemical Contaminants. The number of persons served affects 
    exposure to contaminants and resources necessary to undertake a 
    monitoring activity. The proposed UCMR program requires large systems 
    serving more than 10,000 persons to monitor at each entry point to the 
    distribution system whether or not the system applies treatment, but if 
    it does, then it must monitor after treatment. EPA is also to consider 
    the source of water relative to these monitoring requirements (SDWA 
    section 1445(a)(2)(A)). Over the twelve-month period of monitoring, EPA 
    proposes that systems sample from all entry points representing all 
    sources of water used over the monitoring period. Surface water-
    supplied systems would monitor each of these points every three months 
    within a twelve-month period and ground water-supplied systems would 
    monitor each of these points two times, six months apart. Today's 
    proposed monitoring frequency for surface water systems is the same as 
    in the current program. For ground water systems, the proposed two 
    samples must be six months apart, increasing this monitoring from one 
    sample under the current program. The reasons for this increase are 
    that while ground water typically moves slowly, one sample is 
    insufficient to characterize water quality at any particular location 
    and would not provide evidence of any changes over a longer period of 
    time. From a statistical standpoint, one sample is not representative 
    and would not allow the data to be used for exposure assessment which 
    uses an average annual rate. At State discretion, this monitoring may 
    be coordinated with compliance monitoring for regulated contaminants. 
    This proposed frequency applied to the average of 6.2 entry points to 
    the distribution system for this system size will provide sufficient 
    data for an adequate statistical analysis of the varied conditions in 
    which these systems are located.
        One of the monitoring events for both surface water and ground 
    water systems must occur at the most vulnerable time of year for the 
    PWS. The rationale for this approach is that it provides results 
    representing potential variation in contaminant concentration over a 
    year. This variation of concentration is necessary to evaluate exposure 
    related to contaminant occurrence results. While some systems that 
    perform compliance monitoring on a quarterly basis could collect UCMR 
    samples coincident with their compliance samples and would therefore 
    provide data on the range of variation, other systems may only conduct 
    compliance monitoring once every third year and for one year every five 
    years only, and would therefore have to collect additional samples 
    under the UCMR. While one UCMR sample could be collected coincident 
    with this compliance sample, EPA is proposing for ground water-supplied 
    systems that a second sample be taken six months later to provide the 
    necessary data on seasonal variation over a year to allow consistent 
    exposure assessment to be done with a range of concentrations. 
    Stakeholders supported this option. EPA proposes that all systems 
    serving more than 10,000 persons and a representative sample of systems 
    (about 800) serving 10,000 or fewer persons monitor under this 
    frequency and schedule.
        Microbiological Contaminants. For microbiological contaminants, the 
    sampling frequency would be two times, with samples collected each time 
    at two different locations in the distribution system after treatment: 
    a site representative of water in the distribution line received by the 
    general population that the system serves and a site near the end of 
    the distribution line representing the longest residence time. The 
    frequency should capture the most vulnerable time as well as a time six 
    months later to provide an average exposure. Furthermore, precipitation 
    patterns may be a major factor in contaminant occurrence. Thus, 
    frequency should be tailored to times of the year of significant 
    vulnerability because increased seasonal precipitation may carry these 
    contaminants at higher concentrations than other times during the year.
    (b) Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons
        EPA proposes that approximately one third of the systems serving 
    10,000 or fewer persons in the representative sample described below, 
    be sampled each year over a three year period at the frequencies 
    indicated in (a) above to allow a relatively even submission of samples 
    to be managed and tested by the EPA laboratory. Since EPA will pay for 
    the reasonable costs of monitoring (i.e., containers, shipping, and 
    testing) for this representative sample, including Assessment 
    Monitoring, Screening Survey, and Pre-Screen Testing, at its designated 
    laboratories, it would need to be able to manage the number of samples 
    being received at any time.
    2. Monitoring Time for Vulnerable Period
        Water quality studies and monitoring throughout the United States 
    have clearly shown that contaminant occurrence and/or concentration 
    vary over time, both seasonally as well as from year to year. The 
    seasonality of occurrence, or period of peak concentration of 
    contaminants commonly varies with seasonal changes in the hydrologic 
    cycle in relation to the source of contaminants and their fate and 
    transport characteristics. Particularly for land-applied or land-
    disposed contaminants, the increased flux of water mobilizes the 
    contaminants and moves them into surface or ground water flow systems. 
    For the most vulnerable of water systems, such as surface waters, 
    unconfined shallow ground water and karst flow systems, for example, 
    contaminant occurrence or peak concentrations typically occur during 
    annual runoff and recharge periods. For much of the eastern United 
    States, east of the Rocky Mountains, many studies have shown the season 
    of greatest vulnerability for contaminant occurrence is the late-
    spring, early-summer runoff-recharge period, particularly for 
    contaminants such as pesticides and nitrate (e.g., Larson et al., 1997; 
    Barbash and Resek, 1996; Hallberg, 1989a, b). For deeper, more confined 
    ground water systems, defining vulnerable periods is much more 
    difficult. The exact flow path and time of travel are much greater and 
    more complex and are dependent upon many factors unique to a particular 
    well and aquifer setting (e.g., Hallberg and Keeney, 1993). There is no 
    generality
    
    [[Page 23416]]
    
    that can be applied to these latter settings.
        Because occurrence may vary seasonally, it is important to try to 
    capture these vulnerable periods in a one-time survey of contaminant 
    occurrence such as the UCMR. Statistical studies of sampling strategies 
    in surface water (e.g., Battaglin and Hay, 1996) have shown that 
    incorporating sampling during spring and early summer runoff periods 
    provides a more accurate representation of annual occurrence than 
    random quarterly sampling (that can avoid these months). Ground water 
    studies (e.g., Pinsky et al., 1997) suggest that the more vulnerable 
    ground water settings also show peaks during these periods. The default 
    vulnerable period for sampling for the UCMR has been designated to 
    coincide with this period of peak vulnerability for much of the United 
    States: one sample must be collected during May, June, or July, unless 
    the State has better information to designate another period. Also, for 
    surface waters, three additional samples will be collected throughout 
    the year, and for ground water systems, one additional sample will be 
    collected six months later. This additional sampling would also capture 
    the winter recharge and runoff period that may be more vulnerable in 
    the western coastal regions or warmer southern climates for some 
    contaminants. In the case of some deeper ground water systems, States 
    or systems may have additional knowledge of seasonal vulnerability 
    patterns, in which case the State can designate an alternative period 
    for sampling. EPA requests public comment on the specification of the 
    most vulnerable time for monitoring and how it should be determined.
    3. Monitoring Location
        In Sec. 141.40(a)(3), today's proposal identifies entry points to 
    the distribution system after any treatment representative of each 
    water source in use over the twelve-month period of Assessment 
    Monitoring as the sampling locations for organic chemicals and the 
    distribution system (a site representative of water in the distribution 
    line received by the general population that the system serves and a 
    site near the end of the distribution line representing the longest 
    residence time) for the microbiological contaminant. Sampling at entry 
    points to the distribution system after any treatment follows the 
    existing regulatory approach for currently regulated contaminants and 
    provides data for exposure assessment.
    (a) Chemical Contaminants
        The chemicals in this proposed rule are all compounds that would 
    enter a public water supply from the external environment (in contrast 
    to disinfection byproducts, for example) and the proposed monitoring 
    location is at the entry point to the distribution system after 
    treatment, representing all sources of water used over the twelve-month 
    monitoring period to ensure a nationally consistent data set and to 
    provide consistent data for exposure assessment.
    (b) Microbiological Contaminants
        The sampling locations for microbiological contaminants are 
    different from those for chemical contaminants because the most likely 
    locations to observe microbiological contaminants may be in the 
    distribution system, or, for some, in source water. This is, in part, 
    because of the difficulty of testing to isolate many microbiological 
    contaminants. Two sampling locations are proposed in this regulation. 
    One of the samples would be at the site below a representative entry 
    point to the distribution system that is used for taking total coliform 
    samples; this sample would represent general exposure. The second 
    sample would be near the end of the distribution line that has the 
    longest residence time, representing the extreme exposure of the 
    population at this point in the distribution system. Over the twelve-
    month period of monitoring, EPA proposes that systems sample at 
    locations representing all sources of water used over the monitoring 
    period, to the extent possible.
        Currently, it is not possible to assess whether or not all of the 
    microorganisms (including those on List 3) are likely to be found at 
    any one sampling location, or that one sampling location is the best 
    place to sample for them all. The occurrence information needs differ 
    for different microorganisms. Different parts of the water supply and 
    distribution system may be more likely locations to find particular 
    microbiological contaminants. Therefore, the sampling location for 
    monitoring each microorganism may need to be tailored in the future to 
    the individual organism and the relative ease of finding it in the 
    water of concern.
        As a result, for the microbiological contaminants being proposed 
    for Lists 2 and 3 today, EPA has not identified a sampling location or 
    locations. For some of the microbiological contaminants, source water 
    may be the most appropriate sampling location because of the capability 
    of the methods available. In any case, EPA would specify a sampling 
    location at the time a microbiological contaminant would be proposed to 
    become a required monitoring contaminant and ask for public comment at 
    that time.
    4. Quality Control Procedures for Sampling and Testing
        To assure that the data collected under this proposed regulation 
    are of sufficient quality to meet the requirements for the uses of the 
    resulting data, EPA is proposing the analytical methods and procedures 
    to be used in obtaining the monitoring data in Sec. 141.40(a)(3) and 
    appendix A. Also, additional guidance for quality control and 
    contaminant confirmation are specified in the ``UCMR Analytical Methods 
    and Quality Control Manual.'' This proposed regulation covers quality 
    control steps for all sampling and testing under this program. In 
    addition, the draft guidance manual is available for review and public 
    comment with this proposed regulation. Today's proposed rule would 
    require that all monitored systems follow these methods and procedures 
    in organizing and conducting their unregulated contaminant monitoring 
    and testing. Systems would also have to ensure that the laboratories 
    they use to test samples use the proposed methods and procedures. The 
    specific quality control requirements addressed in Sec. 141.40(a)(3) 
    and appendix A of the proposed rule are: sample collection/
    preservation; sample transport; sample and sample extract holding time 
    and storage; sample analyses/quality control requirements, including 
    quality control (QC) requirements, calibration, calibration 
    verification, laboratory reagent (method) blank, quality control 
    sample, laboratory duplicates, sample matrix spike (MS) and matrix 
    spike duplicate (MSD), internal standard, surrogate standard, method 
    detection limit determination, minimum reporting level; confirmation; 
    and reporting requirements. EPA believes that requiring the quality 
    control requirements for unregulated contaminant sampling and testing 
    in the proposed rule will enable the Agency to have higher confidence 
    in determining the extent and range of concentrations for the 
    contaminants on the UCM List, since they are not regularly tested for 
    nationally.
    5. Monitoring of Routinely Tested Water Quality Parameters
        In addition to the contaminants to be monitored, several chemical 
    and physical parameters are important indicators of water quality and 
    may contribute to the likelihood of the
    
    [[Page 23417]]
    
    contaminants being found in drinking water. EPA requests public comment 
    on whether it should require the monitoring and reporting of these 
    routinely tested parameters, usually associated with water quality 
    analyses, to provide for a more thorough scientific understanding of 
    the occurrence of unregulated contaminants. It is not EPA's intent to 
    add these chemical and physical parameters to the unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring list, but rather as supplementary data about the 
    sample results which will facilitate their interpretation and use in 
    regulatory decisions. The water quality parameters and their methods 
    for which EPA seeks comment are specified in Table 6, Analytes Approved 
    for Water Quality Parameters.
    
                                                         Analytes Approved for Water Quality Parameters
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               Methodology
                    Analyte                -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                EPA method                Standard methods \1\                                   Other
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    pH....................................             2150.1  4500-H+ B                                   ASTM D1293-84 3
                                                       2150.2                                              ASTM D1293-95 3
    Turbidity.............................           4 5180.1  2130 B 4                                    GLI Method 2 4,6
    Temperature...........................  .................  2550                                        .................................................
    Free Residual Chlorine................  .................  4500-Cl D                                   ASTM D 1253-86 3
                                                               4500-Cl F
                                                               4500-Cl G
                                                               4500-Cl H
    Total Residual Chlorine...............  .................  4500-Cl D                                   ASTM D 1253-86 3
                                                               4500-Cl E 4
                                                               4500-Cl F
                                                               4500-Cl G 4
                                                               4500-Cl I
    Chlorine Dioxide Residual.............  .................  4500-ClO2 C
                                                               4500-ClO2 D
                                                               4500-ClO2 E
    Ozone Residual........................  .................  4500-O3 B
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ The 18th and 19th Editions of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992 and 1995, American Public Health Association, 1015
      Fifteenth St. NW, Washington D.C., 20005.
    \2\ Methods 150.1 and 150.2 are available from US EPA, NERL, 26 W. Martin Luther King Dr., Cincinnati, Ohio 45268. The identical methods are also in
      ``Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes,'' EPA-600/4-79-020, March 1983, available from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS),
      U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Rd., Springfield, Virginia 22161, PB84-128677. (Note: NTIS toll-free number is 800-553-6847.)
    \3\ Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Editions 1994 and 1996, Volumes 11.01, American Society for Testing and Materials, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW,
      Washington, DC 20005. Version D1293-84 is located in the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1994, Volumes 11.01. Version D1293-95 is located in the Annual
      Book of ASTM Standards, 1996, Volumes 11.01.
    \4\ ``Technical Notes on Drinking Water,'' EPA-600/R-94-173, October 1994, Available at NTIS, PB95-104766.
    \5\ ``Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental Samples,'' EPA-600/R-93-100, August 1993. Available at NTIS, PB94-121811
    \6\ GLI Method 2, ``Turbidity,'' November 2, 1992, Great Lakes Instruments Inc., 8855 North 55th St., Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53223.
    
    6. Relation to Compliance Monitoring Requirements
        Currently, compliance monitoring for regulated contaminants is 
    coordinated on a three-year cycle, with all public water systems that 
    are required to monitor sampling for specific contaminants at a minimum 
    of one year every three, six, or nine years, depending on the 
    contaminant and its occurrence in the system. The current and proposed 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulations require monitoring 
    during one year every five years. While these may seem out-of-cycle 
    with one another, EPA is proposing to implement UCMR so that public 
    water systems only have to monitor for unregulated contaminants during 
    one twelve-month period every five years, unless the State determines 
    that PWSs should conduct more frequent monitoring. Hence, the 
    compliance monitoring and the UCMR monitoring can be coordinated, to 
    the extent practical, by conducting UCMR monitoring during a coincident 
    year during which compliance monitoring is required. The years within 
    which the unregulated contaminant monitoring are proposed to occur are 
    specified in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, column 6.
    7. Previous Monitoring of the Contaminants Proposed for the Monitoring 
    List
        Some PWSs may have previously monitored for some of the 
    contaminants identified on the proposed UCM List because of local or 
    State concerns about the possibility of those contaminants occurring in 
    drinking water. While this monitoring may have provided adequate 
    results for their purposes, such results may not be comparable to 
    results under this revised UCM regulation because of differences in 
    sampling and analytical protocols, as well as the sampling period. 
    Other factors compound the problem of comparability, such as: (1) 
    Monitoring methods may have improved; (2) water quality changes over 
    time; and (3) today's proposal requires reporting of a net increase of 
    eight additional data elements, which would allow various, consistent 
    comparisons to be made and data to be aggregated nationally based on 
    current science and quality assurance/quality control consistency. 
    Therefore, EPA is not proposing that monitoring results from previous 
    monitoring be used in place of the monitoring under this revised 
    regulation.
    8. Regulatory Options Considered for Large Systems
        Regulatory options considered for large systems (small systems are 
    addressed under III.F., ``Representative sample of systems serving 
    10,000 or fewer persons''):
    (a) Which Large Systems Should Monitor
        Today's proposal at Sec. 141.40(a)(1)(ii) requires all large 
    systems to monitor under the UCMR. The rationale is that the 1996 SDWA 
    amendments only set aside a subset of small systems to
    
    [[Page 23418]]
    
    monitor, but did not do so for large systems. Public input resulting 
    from two Stakeholders meetings (Washington, DC; Dec.2-3, 1997; June 3-
    4, 1998) on this proposed rule supported the option that all large PWSs 
    should monitor.
        The only option considered by EPA was a representative sample of 
    large systems. Stakeholders at the two Stakeholders meetings indicated 
    above generally opposed this. Furthermore, the large system 
    representatives at the meeting indicated that to ensure public health 
    protection, they would monitor for all contaminants on any EPA drinking 
    water unregulated contaminant monitoring list.
    (b) Monitoring Frequency
        Other monitoring frequencies for the UCMR were considered and 
    rejected:
        Ground water: Remaining at one time for one year every five years 
    for ground water systems, as under the current program, was rejected 
    because one sample is not considered representative and does not 
    provide sufficient data about a system that can be averaged to develop 
    a national exposure estimate. Four samples every three months were 
    rejected because most ground water does not change that much over 
    shorter periods of time and the results would, therefore, not provide 
    additional useful information cost-effectively.
        Surface water: One or two samples in a year were considered, but 
    rejected because these numbers of samples are too few to reflect the 
    seasonal changes in this source of water. Furthermore, seasonal 
    variation is different in different parts of the country. More frequent 
    sampling of surface water is important to capture the duration of time 
    that higher or lower concentrations of contaminants are observed to 
    apply those results in developing an average concentration over a year 
    for conducting exposure assessment.
        Compliance Monitoring Schedule: Another option EPA considered is 
    quarterly monitoring for one year every three years for both surface 
    and ground water systems, in complete coincidence with the standard 
    compliance cycles. However, the compliance cycles (with three, six, and 
    nine year components) are not in synchrony with the new UCMR and CCL 
    five-year cycles. This option was rejected because of the 
    implementation difficulties in adjusting a staggered three-year cycle 
    of monitoring to fit into a five-year UCM listing cycle. This approach 
    would result in some systems having one monitoring year and others 
    having two monitoring years. Also, for many ground-water systems not on 
    a quarterly compliance monitoring schedule, a minimum of two samples 
    six months apart is adequate to address variation in concentrations and 
    to provide an average annual concentration for exposure assessment.
    (c) Monitoring Location
        Some States currently require source water monitoring as a more 
    stringent requirement for chemical contaminants because it requires the 
    testing of samples before any treatment that might reduce 
    concentrations of contaminants. If the objective is exposure assessment 
    (after treatment), source water monitoring would provide information 
    for assessing potential exposure to acute contaminants should treatment 
    fail. Source water monitoring would also provide useful information for 
    treatment and source water protection analysis in future regulatory 
    analyses that would examine a full range of control alternatives 
    including contaminant treatments or controls in the watershed. Source 
    water monitoring would give an indication of concentrations of 
    contaminants that would need to be treated, of a measure of benefits 
    from existing treatment if the occurrence of an unregulated contaminant 
    is linked with a regulated contaminant being treated, and of the types 
    of locations at which watershed management practices might be targeted. 
    However, additional expense would be involved to monitor source water 
    nationally. Other means of obtaining source water quality data exist, 
    such as State or U.S. Geological Survey data for ambient water quality 
    in watersheds and aquifers. At this time, EPA is not requiring source 
    water monitoring because of the existence of other sources of 
    information and the need to focus the available resources of the Agency 
    on exposure after drinking water treatment for the contaminants on List 
    1.
        During rule development, stakeholders suggested that an alternative 
    location for Aeromonas and other microbiological contaminants might be 
    the sampling point used for coliforms. The coliform sampling point, 
    however, may not be representative for testing Aeromonas hydrophilla, 
    which tends to be found further into distribution systems at low 
    disinfection residual levels. A low chlorine residual provides the 
    environment for the surviving organisms to recolonize and grow. To 
    enable a balanced assessment of Aeromonas occurrence, EPA is proposing 
    to require sampling at both a representative site in the distribution 
    system and a site near the end of the distribution line with the 
    longest residence time.
    
    E. Waivers
    
    1. Waivers for Systems Serving More Than 10,000 Persons
        Section 1445(a)(2)(F) of SDWA allows a State to obtain a waiver of 
    UCM for specific contaminants if the State demonstrates that the UCM 
    listing criteria do not apply in that State. These criteria are:
        (a) The criteria for listing a contaminant in the occurrence 
    priorities list in the CCL; and
        (b) Whether an analytical method exists for the contaminant.
        When a State makes such a demonstration for a specific contaminant 
    on the monitoring list, EPA is proposing to waive monitoring for that 
    contaminant in that State for large systems (serving more than 10,000 
    persons) only.
        Stakeholders indicated that waiver requirements should be 
    sufficiently stringent to obtain the most representative national data 
    possible, including non-detections of contaminants on the UCM List. 
    Since only the UCM listing criteria in (a) are relevant to a State-
    specific waiver and based on stakeholders' concern that the waiver be 
    narrowly applied, EPA is proposing that this waiver be applied only 
    where the State can demonstrate that the contaminant has not been used, 
    applied, stored, released, or disposed of, or does not occur through 
    natural processes (such as growth in a system or air deposition) in the 
    State for the past fifteen years. Source Water Assessments provided for 
    under sections 1453 and 1428(b) of SDWA may be used as the basis for 
    these waivers if the Assessments specifically address the 
    contaminant(s) on the UCM List for which a waiver is sought. Table 7, 
    Uses and Environmental Sources of Contaminants Proposed for the 
    Monitoring List, presents the uses and sources of the contaminants 
    being proposed for the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List. A State 
    would need to apply for a waiver from monitoring for specific 
    contaminants and receive EPA approval to waive the monitoring.
        While some chemical contaminants may only be discharged into the 
    environment in regional or local areas, microbiological contaminants 
    may be ubiquitous. However, previous monitoring + results over time may 
    provide information useful to waiver determinations for microbiological 
    contaminants.
    
    [[Page 23419]]
    
    2. Waivers for Small Systems in State Plans
        EPA is proposing that no waivers be granted for small systems 
    serving 10,000 or fewer persons in State Plans for the national 
    representative sample. Stakeholders also supported this position. The 
    systems in State Plans will be statistically selected with the 
    assumption that all systems in a particular size category and water 
    source type have an equal probability of being selected. Non-detections 
    are just as important as detections of contaminants for national 
    analysis. Waiving contaminants to be monitored in certain States not 
    expecting to have such contaminants biases the representative sample 
    toward detections. Selecting the small systems to be included in the 
    State Monitoring Plans for the representative sample through a 
    statistical process effectively waives ninety-seven percent of the 
    systems from the proposed monitoring requirements (based on using 99 
    percent confidence level with three percent allowable error). 
    Therefore, EPA rejected waivers for systems serving fewer than 10,000 
    persons because this option would be contradictory to obtaining a 
    scientifically sound data set that provides the basis for a scientific 
    statistical analysis.
    
      Table 7.--Uses and Environmental Sources of Contaminants Proposed for
                               the Monitoring List
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Use or environmental
           Contaminant name              CASRN               source
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Proposed Chemical Contaminants
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1,2-diphenylhydrazine.........        122-66-7  Used in the production
                                                     of benzidine and anti-
                                                     inflammatory drugs.
    2-methyl-phenol...............         95-48-7  Released in automobile
                                                     and diesel exhaust,
                                                     coal tar and petroleum
                                                     refining, and wood
                                                     pulping.
    2,4-dichlorophenol............        120-83-2  Chemical intermediate in
                                                     herbicide production.
    2,4-dinitrophenol.............         51-28-5  Released from mines,
                                                     metal, petroleum, and
                                                     dye plants.
    2,4-dinitrotoluene............        121-14-2  Used in the production
                                                     of isocyanate, dyes,
                                                     and explosives.
    2,4,6-trichlorophenol.........         88-06-2  By-product of fossil
                                                     fuel burning, used as
                                                     bactericide and wood/
                                                     glue preservative.
    2,6-dinitrotoluene............        606-20-2  Used as mixture with 2,4-
                                                     DNT (similar uses).
    Acetochlor....................      34256-82-1  Herbicide used with
                                                     cabbage, citrus,
                                                     coffee, and corn crops.
    Alachlor ESA..................  ..............  Degradation product of
                                                     alachlor, an herbicide
                                                     used with corn, bean,
                                                     peanut, and soybean
                                                     crops to control
                                                     grasses and weeds.
    DCPA di-acid degradate........       2136-79-0  Degradation product of
                                                     DCPA, an herbicide used
                                                     on grasses and weeds
                                                     with fruit and
                                                     vegetable crops.
    DCPA mono-acid degradate......        887-54-7  Degradation product of
                                                     DCPA, an herbicide used
                                                     on grasses and weeds
                                                     with fruit and
                                                     vegetable crops.
    DDE...........................         72-55-9  Degradation product of
                                                     DDT, a general
                                                     insecticide.
    Diazinon......................        333-41-5  Insecticide used with
                                                     rice, fruit, vineyards,
                                                     and corn crops.
    Disulfoton....................        298-04-4  Insecticide used with
                                                     cereal, cotton,
                                                     tobacco, and potato
                                                     crops.
    Diuron........................        330-54-1  Herbicide used on
                                                     grasses in orchards and
                                                     wheat crops.
    EPTC..........................        759-94-4  Herbicide used on annual
                                                     grasses, weeds, in
                                                     potatoes and corn.
    Fonofos.......................        944-22-9  Soil insecticide used on
                                                     worms and centipedes.
    Linuron.......................        330-55-2  Herbicide used with
                                                     corn, soybean, cotton,
                                                     and wheat crops.
    Molinate......................       2212-67-1  Selective herbicide used
                                                     with rice, controls
                                                     watergrass.
    MTBE..........................       1634-04-4  Octane booster in
                                                     unleaded gasoline.
    Nitrobenzene..................         98-95-3  Used in the production
                                                     of aniline, which is
                                                     used to make dyes,
                                                     herbicides, and drugs.
    Prometon......................       1610-18-0  Herbicide used on annual
                                                     and perennial weeds and
                                                     grasses.
    Terbacil......................       5902-51-2  Herbicide used with
                                                     sugarcane, alfalfa, and
                                                     some fruit, etc.
    Terbufos......................      13071-79-9  Insecticide used with
                                                     corn, sugar beet, and
                                                     grain sorghum crops.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Microbiological Contaminants
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Adenoviruses..................             N/A  Fecal sources; hand to
                                                     mouth transmission.
    Aeromonas hydrophila..........             N/A  Present in all
                                                     freshwater and brackish
                                                     water.
    Cyanobacteria (Blue-green                  N/A  Blooms in surface water
     algae), other freshwater                        bodies; produce toxins.
     algae and their toxins.
    Caliciviruses.................             N/A  Contaminated food and
                                                     water, raw shellfish.
    Coxsackieviruses..............             N/A  Fecal sources; hand to
                                                     mouth transmission.
    Echoviruses...................             N/A  Fecal sources; hand to
                                                     mouth transmission.
    Helicobacter pylori...........             N/A  Fecal sources; hand to
                                                     mouth transmission.
    Microsporidia.................             N/A  Occurs in rivers, ponds,
                                                     lakes, and unfiltered
                                                     water.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    F. Representative Sample of Systems Serving 10,000 Persons or Fewer
    
        As required by section 1445(a)(2) (A) and (C), the regulation 
    proposes that only a representative sample of public water systems 
    serving 10,000 or fewer persons would have to monitor. As previously 
    explained, only community and non-transient non-community systems would 
    be required to monitor for unregulated contaminants under this 
    proposal. Therefore, the representative sample would include only 
    community and non-transient non-community systems serving 10,000 or 
    fewer persons. The representative sample would need to be of sufficient 
    size to gather the necessary information on occurrence of unregulated 
    contaminants to determine whether or not to regulate them, while not 
    burdening every water system with the expense of monitoring. The number 
    of systems selected within each of three size ranges of small systems 
    would be based on the proportion of the State's population served by 
    systems in that size range. (An example appears below under (5)(a), 
    State Plans for the Representative Sample.) The small systems in the 
    national representative sample would be selected using a statistical 
    random
    
    [[Page 23420]]
    
    sampling process. This process would utilize a random number generator 
    to choose a statistically determined number of systems in each State 
    and Tribe having ``treatment as a State'' status, considering the 
    number of systems served by water source type (e.g., ground or surface 
    water) and then system size category (i.e., 25 to 500 persons, 501 to 
    3,300, and 3,301 to 10,000) within the water source type. EPA is 
    proposing that the national representative sample become the basis for 
    the State Monitoring Plan in each state. The use of this statistical 
    approach is designed to take into account different system sizes, types 
    of systems, the source of supply, contaminants likely to be found, and 
    geographic location in each State. EPA believes that the end product of 
    this statistical process applied to selecting systems to monitor must 
    be data that are sufficient to answer questions about occurrence of 
    contaminants on a national scale for use in exposure assessments and 
    technology evaluations of alternative treatments at a PWS and in its 
    watershed. These data should also be sufficient to answer questions at 
    a broad multi-state scale, such as systems classified by size or source 
    of water, particularly when combined with data for the 2,774 large 
    systems.
        Under this proposal, small system monitoring would be too sparse to 
    answer questions about occurrence at the scale of a single State. The 
    number of systems required for evaluation of occurrences in a single 
    state are far greater than, and thus more costly than, those needed for 
    the broader national evaluations required under the Act to determine 
    whether or not to regulate a contaminant.
    1. System Size
        Based on statistics reported in the Safe Drinking Water Information 
    System (SDWIS), the following numbers of systems (1997 data) by size 
    will approximate the universe from which a representative sample of 
    systems serving 10,000 or fewer people will be taken for this proposed 
    national representative sample plan. These system size categories are 
    proposed because they are used in other statutory and regulatory 
    characterizations of systems, and are applied under the existing rule 
    for unregulated contaminant monitoring for the scheduling of sampling. 
    The relevant system and population information (1997) for systems 
    serving 10,000 or fewer persons is:
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Population served nationally
              Number of people served in PWS size range             Number of PWSs ---------------------------------
                                                                    in size range         CWS             NTNCWS
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    25 to 500....................................................           48,100        5,249,577        2,379,034
    501 to 3,300.................................................           14,126       19,918,106        2,724,728
    3,301 to 10,000..............................................            3,410       25,236,059          401,579
                                                                  --------------------------------------------------
        Total....................................................           65,636       50,403,742        5,505,341
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Considering all community water systems and NTNCWS that do not 
    purchase their water supplies, 65,636 PWSs are in the size range for 
    small systems as defined in section 1445. Systems purchasing water from 
    other systems are proposed to be excluded from this rule because they 
    could bias results by potentially causing double counting of 
    contaminant occurrence. EPA seeks public comment on whether systems 
    purchasing water from other systems should be included in the 
    representative sample, particularly for monitoring at the location of 
    the longest residence time within a water distribution system.
    2. System Type
    (a) Public Water System Monitoring
        Under today's proposal, all public water systems serving 10,000 or 
    fewer persons, except transient non-community systems, would be 
    considered for monitoring, but only a subset would be selected for the 
    national representative sample. Public water systems owned and/or 
    operated on Tribal lands by Tribes would be treated as a separate group 
    for the representative sample, rather than counting them within the 
    State boundaries as systems in a particular State. EPA is proposing 
    that the size of the representative sample and the specific systems 
    required to monitor will be identified by EPA and sent to the States 
    for review and inclusion in State Monitoring Plans (discussed below).
    (b) Non-Transient Non-Community Water Systems
        Non-Transient Non-Community Water Systems (NTNCWS) represent 
    schools, hospitals and other facilities in communities that serve the 
    resident population but have their own water supply systems. 
    Approximately 20,000 systems of this type exist in the United States. 
    Today's proposed regulation at Sec. 141.40(a)(1)(iii) would include 
    NTNCWS as a separate type of water system to be included in the 
    representative sample for monitoring. Typically, these systems are 
    closely associated with a local resident population and may be a 
    significant source of water consumed by that population over a 
    lifetime. Indeed, these systems may be a major source of water consumed 
    by individuals resident in a community. The selection of NTNCWS will 
    use the same statistical process as for community water systems (CWS), 
    with systems grouped within a State by water source type and size 
    category. The reason for a separate category for NTNCWS is to avoid 
    double-counting of population served when doing exposure assessments of 
    both small CWS and NTNCWS, while allowing weighting of lifetime water 
    consumption by system type.
    (c) Transient Non-Community Systems
        Transient non-community water systems represent systems providing 
    drinking water to transient populations such as at a restaurant in a 
    rural location or a highway roadside rest area. About 97,000 of these 
    systems exist in the United States; their location and type are highly 
    variable. It would be difficult to extrapolate exposure from monitoring 
    results, given the very short-term nature of the systems' use by 
    individuals who may not be in the area for more than a few hours or 
    days. Because of problems with implementation and cost for sampling 
    such a large and highly variable set of typically very small systems, 
    EPA is proposing to exclude transient systems from all unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring requirements. In this regard, this proposal is 
    consistent with the current UCM program. EPA seeks public comment on 
    excluding transient non-community systems from State Monitoring Plans 
    for the representative sample of systems to be monitored.
    
    [[Page 23421]]
    
    3. Geographic Location Within the State
        SDWA section 1445 specifies that State plans should consider 
    ``geographic location'' when selecting a representative sample. This is 
    accomplished at the broadest level by selecting systems from each 
    State. Yet within a State, the sources of water may not be evenly 
    distributed across that State, especially surface waters. Cities 
    transfer water across watershed boundaries, or move water from one 
    State to another. To best represent water being consumed by 
    individuals, EPA proposes to define ``geographic location'' in the 
    representative sample proposed today as the location of the source of 
    water, rather than as an even distribution of points across the State. 
    For example, if 40 percent of the persons in a State obtain their water 
    from one water source type (e.g., surface water), 40 percent of the 
    systems selected as representative should be from that source type, 
    even if this results in points unevenly distributed across the State. 
    This distribution should be accommodated by the population-weighted 
    statistical sample selection.
    4. Likelihood of Finding Contaminants
        Section 1445(a)(2)(A) requires that the UCMR program take into 
    account the likelihood of finding a contaminant in establishing 
    variable monitoring requirements for systems. This proposal is intended 
    to allow the UCMR program to focus on monitoring for contaminants that 
    are expected to be found nationally or among several regions of the 
    United States. Therefore, the expectation of finding the contaminants 
    nationally is fundamental to the approach of the representative sample 
    and its statistical method of random selection. However, the 
    ``likelihood of finding contaminants'' factor is accommodated by the 
    step-wise three-tiered approach of Pre-Screen Testing, Screening Survey 
    and Assessment Monitoring.
    5. State Plans for the Representative Sample
        As discussed above, section 1445 (a)(2)(C) allows States to develop 
    State Monitoring Plans (also referred to as ``State Plans'') to assess 
    the occurrence of unregulated contaminants for small systems in the 
    State. EPA believes that the development of State Plans is affected by 
    two other considerations: (i) The State plans must fit together into a 
    national representative sample so that it is, in fact, nationally 
    ``representative,'' and (ii) EPA will pay for the reasonable costs of 
    testing and laboratory analysis necessary to carry out monitoring under 
    State Plans, pursuant to section 1445(a)(2)(C)(ii).
    (a) Representative State Plans
        To have representativeness at the national level while at the same 
    time allowing each State to develop a ``State Plan,'' the testing for 
    which will be funded by EPA, the Agency proposes the following 
    approach: Based on a statistical random selection process applied to 
    all CWS and NTNCWS nationally using the average population served by 
    systems and water source type (surface or ground water to ensure 
    geographic coverage) within service-size category (25-500, 501-3,300, 
    3,301-10,000 persons), EPA will select at least twice as many CWS and 
    NTNCWS as required for the national representative sample to allow for 
    replacements of systems, if necessary. EPA will use a random number 
    generator to select these systems. These systems will be divided into 
    an ``initial plan'' list and a ``replacement list.'' The representative 
    sample will be allocated on a State basis, considering the number of 
    persons served by each service size category and water source type. The 
    ``initial plan'' list of systems will identify those systems 
    tentatively selected by EPA for each State. For the State plan, the 
    State can adopt the EPA-selected systems on the ``initial plan'' as its 
    plan, or review the list to determine which systems should be removed 
    from the list because of such factors as closure, merger, or water 
    purchase arrangement and submit a modified plan. The State would then 
    select the next water system(s) from the ``replacement list'' to 
    replace the system(s) removed, thus creating a ``modified plan.'' The 
    State, in either case, would inform the EPA Regional Office of the 
    State's choice of plan (i.e., ``initial'' plan or ``modified'' plan) 
    along with reasons for removing and replacing systems on the ``initial 
    plan'' within 60 days of receiving the ``initial plan.'' If EPA has not 
    received a response from the State, the EPA Regional Office will 
    consult with the State before adopting the ``initial plan'' for that 
    State as its State Plan. The State Plan would include a process for the 
    State to inform the public water systems of their selection for the 
    representative sample once the State has accepted the initial plan or 
    prepared the modified plan and informed the EPA Regional Office of this 
    action. The EPA Regional Office would inform systems if the State 
    chooses not to accept or modify the initial plan. This approach ensures 
    a nationally representative set of systems and allows a State 
    flexibility to modify EPA's ``initial plan'' with minimal burden. EPA 
    would develop and provide initial plans to States and Tribes in the 
    first half of year 2000 to allow sufficient time for State/Tribal 
    review and modification, and for informing systems selected for the 
    State Plans.
        Statistical Approach. Under today's proposal, the representative 
    sample of small public water systems would be composed of a subset of 
    systems which, in the aggregate, represent the public water systems of 
    the three small system size categories within the United States. Within 
    a State, public water systems would need to be selected so that the 
    proportion of persons served by the systems sampled is as close as 
    possible to the proportion of persons served by that system size 
    category within that State. The portion of the national representative 
    sample within a State's boundaries would become that State's Monitoring 
    Plan, after review and possible adjustment by the State. The number of 
    systems to be sampled in each State would be proportional to the 
    percentage of persons served by public water systems of that size in 
    the United States who reside within that State.
        For the small systems considered, a representative sample size of 
    approximately 800 systems would provide a confidence level of 99 
    percent with an allowable error of plus or minus 1 percent. This number 
    of systems is statistically derived to allow population weighting for 
    exposure assessment, with results being useful for analysis of 
    contaminant occurrence at small systems, as well as a national analysis 
    of all system sizes. EPA would allocate systems to each State, water 
    source type and system size using an average number of persons served 
    divided into the population served by systems serving 10,000 or fewer 
    persons in each system size category. This approach ensures that each 
    State has systems allocated to it for its State Plan. To accomplish 
    this distribution of systems to each State, EPA would add to the 
    statistically derived number for the representative sample a sufficient 
    number of systems to allow this allocation for each State to have a 
    plan that would then fit into the national representative sample. EPA 
    would also add systems for NTNCWSs to be represented as a distinct 
    group for the purposes of exposure assessment. Once monitored, the 
    results of the representative sample of small systems would then be 
    combined with large system results in an overall national analysis of 
    contaminant occurrence in systems. EPA believes that this sample size 
    would provide an adequate level of confidence, considering size, type
    
    [[Page 23422]]
    
    (community and non-transient non-community water systems), and 
    location. EPA also believes that this approach provides sufficient 
    information for the decision processes drawing on UCMR monitoring data 
    for systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons, while keeping testing 
    costs at a manageable level for the contaminants in List 1 for 
    Assessment Monitoring. This number of systems should be sufficient to 
    evaluate statistically whether a contaminant occurs in a specified 
    number of systems, such as 2 or 3 percent. This number of systems, 
    confidence level and allowable error will enable EPA to: (1) Evaluate 
    the statistical significance of contaminant occurrence with low 
    frequency and (2) compute the percent of systems for occurrence 
    nationally, combining the results of both small and large systems.
        Further rationale for using a small estimate of the number of 
    systems and small allowable error (confidence interval) in calculating 
    the number of systems to be included in the representative sample is 
    provided in the monitoring results from previous unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring under the existing program. EPA has results from 
    over 28,000 systems from the unregulated contaminant monitoring 
    activities of 1988 to 1992 (the first round of unregulated contaminant 
    monitoring under the current program) that indicate that of the 34 
    contaminants required to be monitored at that time, 30 had occurrence 
    at less that 2 percent of systems and, of those, 27 had occurrence at 
    less than 1 percent of systems. Ten of these contaminants were selected 
    for the Contaminant Candidate List ``Regulatory Priorities'' (see Table 
    2) and all of these contaminants had occurrence at less than 2 percent 
    of systems and eight, at less than 1 percent. Of the eight occurring at 
    less than one percent of systems, four have health effects values 
    within the concentration range of contaminant occurrence (Bromomethane 
    (a pesticide), 1,3-dichloropropene (a pesticide), Hexachlorobutadiene 
    (a solvent), and 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane (a solvent)), and 
    consequently may be considered for future regulation. These data point 
    up the need to focus at the low end of occurrence. It also points to 
    using a small allowable error (confidence interval) to ensure that 
    based on statistics, EPA comes to the right decision on whether or not 
    to regulate these contaminants, once the Agency has compared the 
    results to health effects data.
        EPA also proposes that State Monitoring Plans include a 
    representative sample of systems for Screening Survey monitoring of 
    List 2 contaminants. The number of these systems, selected through the 
    same statistical process from the systems used to conduct Assessment 
    Monitoring, would be smaller (perhaps about 300) because the purpose of 
    the Screening Survey is to test for contaminant presence in systems 
    rather than testing for concentrations in an established percentage 
    (such as 2 or 3 percent) of systems, as is the case for Assessment 
    Monitoring. For the Screening Survey, if any low percent (e.g., 0.5 
    percent) of systems have an occurrence of a contaminant, then the 
    contaminant would be considered to occur at a level that would indicate 
    that it should be included in the next round of Assessment Monitoring.
        If, based on prior information (e.g., from a Screening Survey or 
    Pre-screen Testing), EPA determines that a more likely percent of 
    systems with occurrence, another statistical confidence level and/or 
    allowable error can provide scientifically defensible monitoring 
    results, then EPA may apply a different likely percent of systems, 
    confidence level, and/or allowable error to determine a smaller 
    representative sample size. The statistical approach for specifying the 
    number of systems by water source type (ground water, surface water or 
    ground water under the direct influence of surface water) is as 
    follows.
        The number of systems, n, required in the representative sample is 
    determined by the allowable error (d) around the estimate 
    for p, the proportion of systems which exceed a criteria (e.g., 
    detection level) of interest. Based on the binomial distribution in 
    statistics, the number of systems n which must be sampled for a likely 
    proportion p of systems with contaminant occurrence within the 
    allowable error d with confidence (1-a) is:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP30AP99.000
    
        The number of systems to be sampled, n, does not depend on the 
    total number of systems available. The number from the standard normal 
    distribution, z, is obtained from a table of the standard normal 
    distribution, representing a collection of data following a ``bell-
    shaped curve'' which have a (standardized) mean of zero and standard 
    deviation of one. The significance level, a, is the chance of the 
    statistical interval of interest not containing the true value of the 
    number being estimated, which, in this case, is the percent of systems 
    having occurrence of the contaminants of concern on the UCM List. The 
    true value for the percentage of systems having occurrence of the 
    contaminants of concern can only be known if all systems are sampled, 
    which is not proposed since section 1445(a)(2)(A) requires that only a 
    representative subset of small systems be required to monitor for 
    unregulated contaminants. Using this equation (1), the matrix below 
    presents the required sample sizes for several values of allowable 
    error and confidence level. For the national representative sample, an 
    allowable error of .01 at a confidence level of 99% and a 
    likely proportion of systems with contaminant occurrence of 1% was 
    chosen. The possibilities for sample size, confidence level and 
    allowable error considered in developing this approach are:
    
            Sample Sizes From a Universe of 65,600 Systems Based On--
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      d, Allowable error
              Confidence level  (1-a)           ----------------------------
                                                  .03    .02    .01    .005
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    90 percent.................................     30     67    266   1,065
    95 percent.................................     42     95    380   1,521
    99 percent.................................     73    165    659   2,636
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        EPA believes that a representative sample size of 659 systems to be 
    sufficient to draw conclusions about contaminant occurrence for small 
    systems, based on 99% (.99) confidence level, 1% (.01) allowable error 
    (confidence interval), and target percent of systems having occurrence 
    of 1%. EPA chose a confidence level of 99% because it wanted to be that 
    certain that the true proportion was included in its sample results. A 
    5% chance that the window of error did not include the true proportion 
    was considered too unacceptable, given the amount of money invested in 
    monitoring and regulatory decisions. Based on the monitoring program, a 
    1% risk (100-99% confidence) that EPA missed the target was more 
    acceptable.
        A small allowable error (narrow confidence interval), such as 
    1% (0.01), is important for evaluating the 
    expected low percentages of systems having occurrence of any of the 
    contaminants because EPA wants to be able to determine when the results 
    of monitoring show that the percent of systems is distinguishable from 
    zero or some other small value close to zero. Determining this outcome 
    will help EPA decide which contaminants should receive primary focus 
    for possible regulation after the results are evaluated with health 
    effects data.
    
    [[Page 23423]]
    
        To further consider the implications of the table above, suppose 
    that after sampling these 659 systems, the proportion p which equaled 
    or exceeded a detection level was 4% (0.04). The estimate of the true 
    (unknown) proportion would be 0.04 0.01, or 3 to 5 percent. 
    This interval has a 99% likelihood of containing the true proportion of 
    systems having an occurrence of the contaminant of concern. There is a 
    1% (0.01) chance (a) that the true proportion is outside this estimated 
    interval. A larger allowable error, d, (e.g., 3%) results in a wider 
    estimate window. Knowing only that the proportion is somewhere within a 
    window of 6% (e.g., between 1 and 7 percent) was too large a window of 
    error if the percent of systems having occurrence of the UCM List 
    contaminants is less than 3 percent, which may be possible based on 
    information from previous unregulated contaminant monitoring. In such a 
    situation, it would be difficult to determine whether the percent of 
    systems with occurrence was significantly different than zero or some 
    small number.
        Additionally, EPA would increase the representative sample size to 
    710 to 720 (711 used for calculation purposes here) to ensure that each 
    State received an allocation of small systems, using an average 
    population served (approximately 70,770) divided into the population of 
    each source type and size category within each State, for the 
    representative sample. (The example average population of 70,770 is 
    close to the average population served by large systems.) EPA would 
    also add approximately 80 to 90 systems to the sample size to address 
    occurrence at non-transient noncommunity water systems (using the same 
    average population to allocate systems), with the total number of 
    systems then equaling 790 to 810, rounded to 800. This comparable 
    population allocation facilitates assigning the number of systems to 
    each State in the representative sample.
        EPA invites public comment on the use of different confidence 
    levels and/or allowable error (confidence interval) to determine the 
    representative sample size, and the allocation of systems by state, 
    water source type and system size using an average population served 
    should occur, and if so, why and how. EPA also invites public comment 
    on whether and how to allocate proportionally more systems in the 
    representative sample to the size category of 25 to 500 persons served, 
    which represents only two percent of the total population served by 
    community water systems, but includes 64 percent of all community water 
    systems. Since these smaller systems vary considerably in location and 
    access to a water source, allocating more systems to this category may 
    improve EPA's understanding of contaminant occurrence in them.
        Initially, EPA had identified 1,800 to 2,000 systems as the sample 
    size for the representative sample. EPA first focused on this sample 
    size considering that the percent of contaminant occurrence could be 
    any value. In particular, requiring a narrow confidence interval around 
    the occurrence level of 50 percent leads to this larger sample size. 
    Upon further reflection and analysis of the results of earlier 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring, it was realized that EPA's primary 
    concern is accurate estimation of low occurrence levels. As a result, 
    the sample size was based on requiring a narrow confidence interval 
    (0.01) with a high confidence (0.99) for occurrences as low as 1 
    percent (p=0.01). This leads to a sample size of 659 systems. As noted 
    above, EPA proposes to increase the sample size to 800 to incorporate 
    non-transient noncommunity water systems and to have at least 2 sampled 
    systems per State. If higher percentages of systems with contaminant 
    occurrence are observed, the sample size of 800 systems provides a 
    wider confidence interval. For example, if 30 percent of systems having 
    occurrence of a contaminant, this sample size results in a confidence 
    interval of about 4 percent. Even though the confidence 
    interval is relatively wide, the statistics clearly demonstrate a high 
    rate of occurrence, and if health data indicated major acute or chronic 
    effects for this contaminant, EPA would likely decide to regulate it. 
    With small percentages of systems having occurrence (e.g., 1 to 2%), 
    EPA believes that the statistical approach of using a 99% confidence 
    level and 1% confidence interval will provide sufficient results for 
    decisionmaking for the representative sample of small systems. 
    Furthermore, when the results are combined with those of the 2,774 
    large systems and evaluated using a 99% confidence level and assuming 1 
    to 2 percent of systems have occurrence, a confidence interval of 0.4% 
    results, allowing EPA to distinguish very low percentages of systems 
    with occurrence from a zero percent of systems. This circumstance may 
    be important for contaminants with important health effects when 
    deciding whether to regulate them. For the example mentioned above, if 
    30 percent of systems have occurrence for a contaminant, when the 
    results are combined with those of large systems, the resulting 
    confidence interval is 2 percent.
        The representative sample of 711 systems will be disaggregated to 
    the State level, and further disaggregated by water source type (ground 
    water or surface water) and system size (the three size categories of 
    25-500, 501-3,300, and 3,301-10,000 persons). The disaggregation by 
    State, water source type and system size is described in the following 
    example.
        Example. To determine the number of PWSs to be randomly selected 
    for unregulated contaminant monitoring as part of the national 
    representative sample, the following figures are used as the starting 
    point and are approximations for the purposes of example only:
    
    U.S. population: 265,000,000
    U.S. population served by small PWSs serving  10,000 
    persons: 50,000,000
        U.S. population served by small PWSs divided by 711 (the 
    statistically derived number of 659 systems plus 52 systems for the 
    national representative sample to allow allocation of systems to each 
    State, water source and size category, to the extent possible),
    
    50,000,000/711 = 70,300 persons, the average number or persons that 
    each system selected will represent in the allocation to each state in 
    the representative sample (i.e., the number that EPA would divide into 
    the population served by small systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons 
    to determine the number of systems of that size that must be monitored 
    in the State)
    
        State A population served by small PWSs serving 10,000 or fewer 
    persons equals 1,251,340 persons, which divided by 70,300 persons from 
    the previous step equals 17 systems, the number of systems serving 
    10,000 or fewer persons that must be included in the State Plan.
    
    State A population served by small PWSs supplied by surface water (SW) 
    or ground water under the direct influence of surface water (GWUDI) 
    equals 449,920 persons.
    State A population served by small PWSs supplied by ground water (GW) 
    equals 801,420 persons.
    For each water source type (surface or ground water), the population 
    served by small systems is further divided into the size category. The 
    next step is to divide the population in each size category by 70,300 
    to obtain the number of systems in that size category for the water 
    source type that would be in the State Plan (identified
    
    [[Page 23424]]
    
    below as ``State Plan Systems Allocation''). For each water source 
    type, the example results for State A are:
    
                                               SW/GWUDI Systems in State A
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              State plan systems
          System size  (persons served)           Population served  by size category             allocation
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    10,000 to 3,301..........................  281,200 persons..........................  4 systems.
    3,300 to 501.............................  154,660 persons..........................  2 systems.
    500 or fewer.............................  14,060 persons...........................  0 systems.
                                                                                         ---------------------------
        Total...........................................................................  6 systems.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
                                                  GW Systems in State A
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              State plan systems
          System size  (persons served)           Population served  by size category             allocation
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    10,000 to 3,301..........................  421,800 persons..........................  6 systems.
    3,300 to 500.............................  239,020 persons..........................  3 systems.
    500 or fewer.............................  140,600 persons..........................  2 systems.
                                                                                         ---------------------------
        Total...........................................................................  11 systems.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The total of 6 surface water and 11 ground water systems equals 17 
    systems, the number in State A's Plan. The replacement list of systems 
    would also be developed and provided at this level of detail.
        EPA has prepared a background document titled ``National 
    Representative Sample and State Plans for Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring for Public Water Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons'' 
    to describe in more detail this selection process presented above and 
    its relation to the State Plans. EPA requests public comment on this 
    proposal and its supporting background document and other approaches 
    that EPA could consider. The background document is available today by 
    calling the EPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline at (800) 426-4791, or by 
    viewing on EPA's Internet Homepage for the Office of Ground Water and 
    Drinking Water (www.epa.gov/ogwdw). Public comments on the background 
    document should be sent to EPA with the heading ``Representative Sample 
    Background Document Comments'' along with comments on this proposed 
    rule.
    (b) Systems Selected for Pre-Screen Testing
        For Pre-Screen Testing, States would need to specify from 5 up to 
    25 systems as being representative of systems most vulnerable to the 
    contaminants on List 3. EPA proposes to determine the number of systems 
    to be selected in any State based on the number of persons served by 
    community and non-transient noncommunity water systems in a State. For 
    the systems in this selection that serve 10,000 or fewer persons, EPA 
    proposes that the States modify their State Plans at the time of their 
    selection and notify the EPA Regional Office of their addition to those 
    Plans.
    (c) Tribal Water Systems as a Separate Group
        Public water systems serving less than 10,000 persons that are 
    located in Indian country would be treated as a single, separate group 
    for the representative sample. The random selection process described 
    above weights systems within water source and size category by 
    population served; as a result, a PWS in Indian country would have the 
    same probability of being selected as any other water system. Because 
    no State has jurisdiction over such systems, EPA will consult with the 
    appropriate tribal government concerning whether any initially selected 
    system should be replaced due to merger, closure, or purchase of water 
    from another system. The resulting set of systems will be the ``state 
    plan'' for Indian country.
    (d) ``Index'' Systems
        EPA generally has less information about systems serving 10,000 or 
    fewer persons. This lack of information on these systems and their 
    operation affects EPA's ability to tailor regulations to systems of 
    this size. To provide an improved understanding of small systems, EPA 
    proposes to select up to 30 small public water systems as ``index'' 
    sites and conduct Assessment Monitoring at these systems during each of 
    the five years for which the UCM List and national representative 
    sample are established. Index sites would be selected from the systems 
    designated in State Monitoring Plans using a random number generator. 
    EPA would pay for this monitoring, including provision of sample 
    equipment, shipment of samples, testing, and support help to collect 
    samples by sending a field technician to each index system to obtain 
    the samples. The purpose of this sampling would be to provide quality 
    assurance in collection of the samples for the thirty systems, to 
    provide information on the temporal variability that may be encountered 
    during a monitoring cycle, and enhanced understanding of these systems 
    so that their treatment in future regulations would be more reflective 
    of the conditions under which they operate. Owners/operators of index 
    sites would be required to provide data on well and screen depth (if 
    applicable), wells or intakes used at the time of sampling and pumping 
    rates for each well or intake at the time of sampling for unregulated 
    contaminants for use in characterizing the UCM results without 
    monitoring the entire representative sample with this same frequency 
    and schedule. EPA or its representative would collect further 
    information on precipitation, land use and other environmental factors 
    (e.g., soils and geology) to provide the Agency with information on 
    other conditions potentially affecting drinking water quality of small 
    systems. This ``index'' site monitoring will facilitate extrapolation 
    of Assessment Monitoring
    
    [[Page 23425]]
    
    results nationally for systems of this size.
        A description of the selection process for the ``index'' systems 
    using a random number generator and their monitoring is presented in 
    the background document, noted above, titled ``National Representative 
    Sample and State Plans for Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring for 
    Public Water Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons.'' EPA invites 
    public comment on this ``index'' system aspect of the proposed UCM 
    program described here.
    (e) Other State Data
        Any additional sites sampled by States should not be combined with 
    those of the EPA approved State Plan for the purpose of computing 
    national estimates of contamination. While providing useful information 
    for protecting the health of persons using drinking water from these 
    sites, these additional sites would bias the results of the nationally 
    representative set of systems if included with those systems selected 
    using the stated national criteria. However, if the State desired to 
    report the results of such monitoring, EPA could receive the data 
    through the Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS) for input to 
    the NCOD. EPA plans to develop acceptance criteria to allow such data 
    to be placed in the NCOD.
    6. Regulatory Options
        With respect to the size of the national representative sample, EPA 
    needs to balance the number of systems required for validity with the 
    cost of paying for the testing. EPA believes that the proposed approach 
    balances the number of systems to be tested with the cost and also 
    balances a national representative sample with the allowance for State 
    plans. The proposed approach also relieves States from having to 
    develop the statistical design and specify the systems to be monitored.
        EPA has studied and rejected a second option of a regulation that 
    would specify the conditions and criteria under which the States could 
    select the systems in their State. Such an option might have included 
    criteria such as specific numbers of systems for the State Plan by 
    water source type and system size category, operation of a random 
    number generator, and the list of systems to be used. From a scientific 
    perspective, this would not result in a consistent representative 
    sample because implementation of the criteria would likely vary from 
    State to State. The value of the resulting estimates would thus be 
    jeopardized. This would also be more burdensome for the States.
        A third option which EPA also studied and rejected is to weight 
    monitoring based on prior knowledge of contaminant use or occurrence, 
    system operation, or other locational information. The concern with 
    this approach is the larger number of systems required to provide the 
    results. If any prior knowledge of the proportion of conditions in each 
    of several categories is known, allotting unequal numbers of samples to 
    each category (or ``strata'') can provide the same overall level of 
    confidence and allowable error while requiring fewer samples for that 
    strata. This is called stratified random sampling. For example, suppose 
    VOCs are known to largely occur in ground waters and not surface 
    waters. This information can be used to apportion samples unequally 
    between ground water and surface water systems such that the overall 
    proportion of contamination can be estimated with fewer samples for 
    those contaminants. Fewer samples would be needed in surface systems 
    where contamination is low because the proportion of contamination does 
    not change much.
        Other contaminants such as certain pesticides may occur more 
    frequently in surface waters. Using the same design as for VOCs would 
    result in very poor estimates of the proportion contaminated because 
    few samples would be taken from the conditions where pesticide 
    contamination occurs. So ``tailoring'' designs to reduce the number of 
    systems needed would result in a different set of systems to be sampled 
    for each contaminant group. Some systems would sample for some 
    contaminants, but not others. The total number of systems involved in a 
    sampling design stratified for different contaminants would be greater 
    than for a simpler design, such as the proposal. At this point, not 
    enough is known about some contaminants to adequately stratify a 
    sample. Reactions to stratified designs have been largely negative at 
    Stakeholder meetings. Therefore, one set of representative systems for 
    all contaminants is proposed here, even though it is not ``optimal'' 
    for any single contaminant.
        Additionally, some pesticides (e.g. diazinon) on Lists 1 and 2 have 
    been observed to exceed acute human toxicity levels. Although the 
    Agency is proposing a nationwide random survey of small CWS, the Agency 
    notes that such a monitoring program may underestimate pesticide 
    occurrence because of the non-random spatial nature of pesticide use 
    patterns and its relationship to population.
        An alternative approach that could address this potential 
    underestimation would be to stratify sampling based on contaminants or 
    contaminant groups (e.g., pesticides, volatile organic compounds and 
    microorganisms) and to target sampling to areas of high pesticide use 
    or expected contaminant occurrence considering available information. 
    Sampling could then be targeted to randomly selected systems in the 
    expected use or most vulnerable areas. Separate statistical designs 
    would need to be developed for each contaminant or contaminant group. 
    Such an approach has the downside, however, of eliminating the 
    capability of having State and size based stratifications for small 
    system sampling. Nevertheless, between the targeted ``upper bound'' 
    type samples and the more geographically representative large system 
    samples, this approach would provide a more sensitive indicator of the 
    potential threat posed by a particular contaminant.
        Public comment is specifically requested on this alternative 
    approach to sample site selection.
        Another issue with respect to sampling relates to the timing of 
    quarterly samples for surface water supplied systems. Quarterly 
    sampling, even with a targeted vulnerable quarter as proposed, may not 
    capture periods of peak pesticide occurrence in every case and, 
    therefore, may underestimate exposure. An alternative to quarterly 
    sampling for surface water supplied systems would be to sample monthly 
    in the three most vulnerable months (e.g., May, June and July, as in 
    today's proposal) and in one month that is representative of the rest 
    of the year. While this approach might provide a more reliable picture 
    of pesticide occurrence, it may be incompatible with peak occurrence of 
    other contaminants (such as volatile organic compounds) during other 
    months of the year. Furthermore, events of an extremely ephemeral 
    nature may not be of public health significance. EPA requests public 
    comment on the adequacy of the quarterly monitoring approach suggested 
    in this rule and the efficacy of alternative approaches considering 
    representativeness, implementability and cost. Comment is also 
    requested on all aspects relating to the timing and frequency of 
    monitoring, system selection, and targeted monitoring relative to 
    contaminants.
    
    G. Reporting of Monitoring Results
    
        Under the current unregulated contaminant monitoring program, 
    reporting requirements exist at 40 CFR
    
    [[Page 23426]]
    
    141.35. Today's proposed regulation replaces those requirements to make 
    the reported results more useful for sound scientific analyses of the 
    occurrence of unregulated contaminants.
    1. PWS and State Reporting to EPA
        Unregulated contaminant monitoring data is one of four types of 
    data that will potentially be reported to the National Drinking Water 
    Contaminant Occurrence Data Base (NCOD) as required by section 1445(g). 
    The other types of data that may be included in the NCOD are: (1) 
    Regulated Contaminant Occurrence Data below the maximum contaminant 
    level (MCL) but above the minimum reporting level (MRL) (a regulation 
    may be developed to obtain this data during 1999); (2) source water 
    monitoring data; and (3) other data from special studies and research. 
    Since these data will come from varying sources, they may have 
    different reporting requirements. The PWS data from unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring may have the smallest number of data elements to 
    be reported because of the greater level of control over the quality of 
    the data through the laboratory certification programs and the 
    monitoring and quality control requirements proposed today. The uses of 
    UCM program data that support the need for the data elements proposed 
    today are: (a) Identification contaminants for the Contaminant 
    Candidate List, (b) selection of contaminants for future regulation, 
    and (c) development of new national primary drinking water regulations 
    for the selected contaminants.
        Under the current UCM program, the State Reporting Guidance for 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring, EPA-812-B-94-001, August 1994, 
    identifies the 12 data elements in Table 8 that should be reported by 
    PWSs to States, and by States to EPA, for each unregulated contaminant 
    sample test result.
    
                                      Table 8.--Current UCMR Reporting Requirements
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Data Element                                              Definition
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Public Water System (PWS) Identification    The code used to identify each PWS. The code begins with the
     Number.                                     standard two-character postal State abbreviation; the remaining
                                                 seven characters are unique to each PWS.
    Sampling Point Identification Number......  An ID number established by the State, or, at the State's
                                                 discretion, the PWS, and unique to the system for a sampling point.
                                                 Within each PWS, each sampling point must receive a unique ID
                                                 number, including entry points to the distribution system as well
                                                 as other locations within the public water system, such as
                                                 wellhead, intake, or within the distribution system. The same
                                                 Sampling Point Identification Number must be used consistently
                                                 throughout the history of unregulated contaminant monitoring to
                                                 represent the sampling point. NOTE: This data element is proposed
                                                 to be combined under ``Water system facility identification
                                                 number.''
    Sampling Point (Station) Type.............  The water type represented by the sample. The valid choices are:
                                                (a) Finished/treated water.
                                                Note: expanded in this proposal to include:
                                                   (i) Finished Water from treatment system.
                                                   (ii) Entry Point to the distribution system after treatment.
                                                   (iii) Within the Distribution System.
                                                   (iv) End of the Distribution line with longest residence time.
                                                   (v) Household/drinking water tap.
                                                   (vi) Unknown.
                                                   (vii) Other.
                                                   (b) Raw/untreated water.
    Water Source Type.........................  The source type represented by the sample. The valid choices are:
                                                (a) Surface water or purchased surface water. NOTE: Expanded in this
                                                 proposal to include: (i) Stream, and (ii) Lake Reservoir.
                                                (b) Ground water under the direct influence of surface water or
                                                 purchased Ground water under the direct influence of surface water.
                                                (c) Ground water or purchased ground water.
    Sample Identification Number..............  A unique identifier assigned by the PWS for each sample.
    Sample Collection Date....................  The date the sample is collected.
    Contaminant...............................  The unregulated contaminant for which the sample is being analyzed.
    Analytical Results--Sign..................  An alphanumeric value indicating whether the sample analysis result
                                                 was:
                                                   (a) (<) ``less="" than''="" means="" the="" contaminant="" was="" not="" detected="" or="" was="" detected="" at="" a="" level="" ``less="" than''="" the="" mrl.="" (b)="" (=")" ``equal="" to''="" means="" the="" contaminant="" was="" detected="" at="" a="" level="" ``equal="" to''="" the="" value="" reported="" in="" ``analytical="" result--="" value.''="" analytical="" result--value..................="" the="" actual="" numeric="" value="" of="" the="" analysis="" for="" chemical="" and="" microbiological="" results.="" analytical="" result--unit="" of="" measure........="" the="" unit="" of="" measurement="" for="" the="" analytical="" results="" reported.="" (e.g.,="" micrograms="" per="" liter,="">g/L; colony-forming units per
                                                 milliliter, CFU/mL, etc.)
    Analytical Method Number..................  The method number of the analytical method used.
    Composite.................................  NOTE: ``Composite'' is on the current UCM Data Element list but is
                                                 proposed to be deleted from the future UCM Data Element List
                                                 because compositing is not consistent with contaminant occurrence
                                                 monitoring.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        EPA engaged in an extensive process of stakeholder and technical 
    review when developing the NCOD to identify information reporting 
    requirements that allow data from different sources to be adequately 
    evaluated, compared, and interpreted. The NCOD information requirements 
    process has identified additional data elements that must be considered 
    for UCM reporting with unregulated contaminant sample test results. 
    These data elements are especially important because many of the 
    contaminants may not be routinely tested for and will need sample test 
    data quality indicators to assist in interpreting the results. These 
    additional data elements for the unregulated contaminants, and the 
    reasons EPA is proposing to add them to the reporting requirements, are 
    explained briefly below. EPA is requesting public comment on these 
    additional reporting requirements
    
    [[Page 23427]]
    
    identified in Table 7, Proposed Data Elements for the UCMR.
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Proposed data element                       Definition                       Reason for reporting
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Public Water System Facility         An identification number established   Identify source water, treatment
     Identification Number--Source        by the State, or, at the State's       plant and sampling location for use
     Intake/Well, Treatment Plant and     discretion, the PWS, and unique to     in evaluating contaminant source
     Sampling Station.                    the system for an intake for each      controls in regulation development.
                                          source of water, a treatment plan      The source intake/well
                                          and a sampling station. Within each    identification number can be
                                          PWS, each intake, treatment plant      related to latitude and longitude
                                          and sampling point must receive a      for use in geographic analysis of
                                          unique identification number,          land use, soils, geology and
                                          including, for intake, surface water   precipitation for alternative
                                          intake, ground water well or           treatment and control analysis.
                                          wellfield centroid; and, for           Treatment plant identification
                                          sampling station, entry points to      number can be related to treatment
                                          the distribution system, wellhead      information for that plant to use
                                          (or wellfield), intake, or locations   in analysis of alternative
                                          within the distribution system. The    treatments. Sampling Station
                                          same identification number must be     identification number will allow
                                          used consistently through the          the sample test result to be
                                          history of unregulated contaminant     consistently associated with the
                                          monitoring to represent the            same sample location over time for
                                          facility.                              trend analysis.
    Public Water System Facility Type..  The facility type represented by the   Indicates the type of facility
                                          water system facility identification   associated with the water system
                                          number:                                facility identification number to
                                            (i) Intake (for surface water        allow appropriate analysis of the
                                             sources);                           results of each sample being taken
                                            (ii) Well or wellfield (for ground   and tested for alternative
                                             water sources);                     treatment analysis.
                                            (iii) Treatment Plant;
                                            (iv) Sampling Station;
                                            (v) Entry Point to Distribution
                                             System;
                                            (vi) Reservoir;
                                            (vii) Booster Pumping Station; and
                                            (viii) Unknown.
    Latitude of the Public Water System  The east-west coordinate of each       Used to indicate location of the
     Facility for Source Intake/Well      source intake, well or wellfield       facility in the watershed to allow
     and Treatment Plant.                 centroid, and treatment plant          analysis of alternative treatments
                                          associated with a sample expressed     and in relation to the population
                                          as decimal degrees.                    being served.
    Longitude of the Public Water        The north-south coordinate of each         Do.
     System Facility for Source Intake/   source intake, well or wellfield
     Well and Treatment Plant.            centroid, and treatment plant
                                          associated with a sample expressed
                                          as decimal degrees.
    Sample Type........................  The type of sample collected.          Indicates reference field,
                                          Permitted values include:              confirmation, etc. sample type to
                                            (a) Reference Sample--calibration    ensure that the sample test result
                                             or QC samples.                      is used for the appropriate
                                            (b) Field Sample--sample collected   analysis (e.g., contaminant
                                             and submitted for analysis under    concentration trends, sample test
                                             this rule.                          performance, etc.).
                                            (c) Confirmation Sample--a sample
                                             analyzed to confirm an initial
                                             contaminant detection.
                                            (d) Field Blank--reagent water or
                                             other blank matrix placed in a
                                             sample container in the
                                             laboratory and treated as a
                                             sample in all respects, including
                                             shipment to the sampling site,
                                             storage, preservation, and all
                                             analytical procedures.
                                            (e) Equipment Blank--samples
                                             generated by processing reagent
                                             water through the equipment using
                                             the same procedures used in the
                                             field to demonstrate that the
                                             equipment is free from
                                             contamination.
                                            (f) Split Sample--sample divided
                                             into sub-samples submitted to
                                             different laboratories or
                                             analysts for analysis.
    Detection Level....................  ``Detection level'' is referring to    Indicates lowest quantifiable
                                          the detection limit applied to both    measurement level applied through
                                          the method and equipment. Detection    the method to the sample to allow
                                          limits are the lowest concentration    comparison with other sample test
                                          of a target contaminant that a given   results.
                                          method or piece of equipment can
                                          reliably ascertain and report as
                                          greater than zero (i.e., Instrument
                                          Detection Limit, Method Detection
                                          Limit, Estimated Detection Limit).
    Detection Level Unit of Measure....  The unit of measure to express the     Indicates the reporting unit for the
                                          concentration, count, or other value   detection limit.
                                          of a contaminant level for the
                                          detection level reported.
                                         (e.g., g/L, colony forming
                                          units/mL (CFU/mL), etc.).
    
    [[Page 23428]]
    
     
    Analytical Precision...............  For purposes of the UCMR, Analytical   Indicates variability among
                                          Precision is defined as the relative   laboratory results as measured by
                                          percent difference (RPD) between       testing replicate field or
                                          spiked matrix duplicates. The RPD      duplicate spiked samples, and is a
                                          for the spiked matrix duplicates       key measure of sample test
                                          analyzed in the same batch of          performance.
                                          samples as the analytical result
                                          being reported is to be entered in
                                          this field. Precision is calculated
                                          as Relative Percent Difference (RPD)
                                          between spiked matrix duplicates
                                          using,
                                         RPD=[(X1-X2)/{(X1+X2)/2}] x 100......
    Analytical Accuracy................  For purposes of the UCMR accuracy is   Indicates whether test results are
                                          defined as the percent recovery of     within a group of measurements
                                          the contaminant in the spiked matrix   corresponding to the true value of
                                          sample analyzed in the same            the results, and is a key measure
                                          analytical batch as the sample         of sample test performance.
                                          result being reported and calculated
                                          using;
                                         %recovery=[(amt. found in Sp--amt.
                                          found in sample)/amt. spiked] x 100.
    Presence/Absence...................  Chemicals: Presence--a response was    Chemicals: Indicates results that do
                                          produced by the analysis (i.e.,        not have a quantifiable value.
                                          greater than or equal to the MDL but   Microbiologicals: Allows measure
                                          less than the minimum reporting        under conditions and for
                                          level)/Absence--no response was        microorganisms that are not able to
                                          produced by the analysis (i.e., less   be counted.
                                          than the MDL)
                                         Microbiologicals: Presence--indicates
                                          a response was produced by the
                                          analysis/Absence--indicates no
                                          response was produced by the
                                          analysis
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Note that ``composite'' is proposed to be deleted from the original 
    set of data elements since the proposed rule would not allow 
    compositing. Since this program is designed to measure actual 
    occurrence of contaminants, compositing (the combining of samples from 
    several sampling points of a water system) would dilute concentrations 
    of contaminants to be measured. Stakeholders supported deletion of 
    compositing as contrary to the objective of UCM.
        Also note that ``Public Water System Facility source intake 
    identification number'' is currently required to be reported under 
    existing reporting requirements for the Safe Drinking Water Information 
    System (SDWIS). This proposal would continue this requirement and 
    expand it to include treatment plant and sampling station, but the 
    definition makes specific that it cannot change over time. EPA is not 
    requiring through today's proposal the reporting of treatment data 
    (treatment objectives and processes) since these data are already 
    required to be reported by January 1, 2000, for all systems. (Safe 
    Drinking Water Information System FACT SHEET, Revised Inventory 
    Reporting Requirements, June 1998). Additionally, the source of water 
    in this case is associated with each sample so that the data can be 
    used in evaluating contaminant source controls in a watershed or over 
    an aquifer. An alternative would be to report the ``River Reach'' or 
    ``Aquifer'' for each sample, but that approach would require data to be 
    reported that is not currently required, or not readily available, in 
    the case of aquifers.
        The rationale for proposing the inclusion of these data elements is 
    that EPA needs the detailed information concerning the sample test, 
    location, and treatment that would allow the results to be used in 
    making a determination of whether or not to regulate the contaminant. 
    The specific reasons are identified in Table 9. To avoid duplicative 
    and costly resampling efforts, EPA believes that systems should obtain 
    and report the most complete information the first time a sample is 
    tested.
        The information requirements process for development of the NCOD 
    identified technical questions that need to be answered in the 
    regulatory process that the UCMR is to support. These data elements are 
    associated with these questions. While the list of data elements would 
    increase by eight (from 12 to 20) if all the data elements are included 
    in today's proposed UCMR (as compared to the existing UCMR), reporting 
    them the first time precludes the need to obtain the information 
    through another process. Because the 1996 SDWA Amendments expanded the 
    determinations and types of analyses that need to be conducted to 
    develop a rule, including these data elements is responsive to the new 
    regulatory environment in which drinking water regulations must be 
    developed.
        Because reporting of locational and treatment data may be one time 
    or infrequent, these new data elements will not be a major burden for a 
    PWS. The anticipated reporting frequency for the data elements is as 
    follows:
    
           Table 9.--Anticipated Reporting Frequency for Data Elements
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Current and proposed data element     Proposed frequency of reporting
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Public Water System Identification       With each sample.
     Number.
    Public Water System Facility (PWSF)      With each sample.
     Identification Number-Source Intake/
     Well, Treatment Plant, and Sampling
     Station.
    Public Water System Facility Type......  One time, associated with PWSF
                                              Identification Number.
    Sampling Station Type..................  One time, associated with PWSF
                                              Identification Number for
                                              Sampling Station.
    Water Source Type......................  One time, associated with PWSF
                                              Identification Number for
                                              Source Intake.
    Sample Identification Number...........  With each sample.
    Sample Collection Date.................  With each sample.
    
    [[Page 23429]]
    
     
    Latitude of Water System Facility for    One time, associated with PWSF
     Source Intake/Well and Treatment Plant.  Identification Number for
                                              Source Intake/Well and
                                              Treatment Plant.
    Longitude of Water System Facility for   One time, associated with PWSF
     Source Intake/Well and Treatment Plant.  Identification Number for
                                              Source Intake/Well and
                                              Treatment Plant.
    Contaminant............................  With each sample (from the
                                              laboratory testing).
    Analytical Results--Sign...............  With each sample (from the
                                              laboratory testing).
    Analytical Result--Value...............  With each sample (from the
                                              laboratory testing).
    Unit of Measure........................  With each sample (from the
                                              laboratory testing).
    Analytical Method Number...............  With each sample (from the
                                              laboratory testing).
    Sample Type............................  With each sample.
    Detection Level........................  With each sample (from the
                                              laboratory testing).
    Detection Level Unit of Measure........  With each sample (from the
                                              laboratory testing).
    Analytical Precision...................  With each sample (from the
                                              laboratory testing).
    Analytical Accuracy....................  With each sample (from the
                                              laboratory testing).
    Presence/Absence.......................  With each sample (from the
                                              laboratory testing).
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        Three of the additional nine proposed data elements would be one-
    time or infrequently updated information: Water system facility type, 
    Latitude and Longitude. These three data elements do not need to be 
    reported with each sample once they have been reported by the PWS and 
    State to SDWIS. Water system facility identification number-source 
    intake/well is already required to be reported to SDWIS under other 
    authority. Five of the remaining elements will be supplied by the 
    laboratory and the ninth is the sample type identifier (e.g., field 
    sample, confirmation sample, spiked sample, etc.).
        Additionally, EPA proposes to require owners/operators of index 
    sites that are part of State Plans for the national representative 
    sample to provide data concerning well casing and screen depths and 
    pumping rates at each well or intake at the time of monitoring. The 
    reason for this reporting is that it will allow EPA to tailor 
    regulations to systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons by relating 
    sample test results to conditions that affect capture of contaminants 
    by ground water supplied systems.
    2. Regulatory Options
        Following are the four regulatory options EPA considered for data 
    elements in the proposed UCMR.
        (a) Use the existing set of twelve UCMR data elements in the new 
    rule. EPA studied and rejected this option because it is not responsive 
    to the current regulatory needs. With the current data elements, it is 
    not possible to evaluate the performance parameters of the test result 
    that should be compared to other test results from other laboratories 
    or PWSs, at least when considering and reporting detection levels. The 
    locational information not in the existing data elements is important 
    in conducting exposure assessments and evaluating alternative treatment 
    and control measures. Similarly, associating treatment plant 
    information with the sample test results is critical in considering 
    treatment and control alternatives.
        (b) Add only the sample analysis data elements. This option would 
    improve the ability to evaluate and compare the results among 
    themselves, but would not facilitate exposure, technical, and 
    implementation considerations being addressed in this effort. The 
    drawback of this option for contaminants of concern is that additional 
    information would need to be obtained through special studies or 
    surveys, which can be expensive. This would slow the regulatory process 
    for a contaminant that needs to be regulated.
        (c) Add the sample analysis and locational data elements. This 
    option would allow better evaluation and comparison of test results and 
    facilitate exposure assessments, but not allow treatment evaluations to 
    be done.
        (d) Use all the data elements identified above. EPA has selected 
    this option because it would allow better evaluation and comparison of 
    test results, as well as facilitate exposure assessments and regulation 
    development. The capability of associating treatment information with 
    sample test results through the Public Water System Facility 
    Identification Number would be included in the reporting, with the 
    expectation that no or only minor treatment studies targeted to the 
    specific contaminants would need to be conducted. The locational 
    information (Latitude and Longitude) associated with the Public Water 
    System Facility Identification Number for intakes and wells (or 
    wellfield centroids) and treatment plants would enable analysis of 
    alternatives for treatment and control measures at the facility or in 
    the watershed for contaminant best management practices. This option is 
    fully responsive to the current regulatory environment.
        Options (a) through (c) were rejected because they would require 
    EPA to return to the PWS to obtain additional information necessary to 
    meet the objectives of unregulated contaminant monitoring. This second 
    action would increase the burden of EPA and the PWS. Attempting to 
    associate information with a sample after the original monitoring event 
    does not ensure that the correct data is properly obtained and 
    associated with the sample, jeopardizing any subsequent analyses.
    3. Timing of Reporting
        EPA proposes in this rule in Sec. 141.35(c) that PWSs report to 
    States or the primacy agency the monitoring results within ten days of 
    their receipt. This proposal is consistent with compliance reporting 
    requirements under Sec. 141.31. EPA also proposes that States report 
    electronically to the National Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence 
    Database (NCOD) (Sec. 142.15(c)(3)) to be maintained by EPA by the 
    quarter following their receipt of the data from PWSs.
    4. Method of Reporting
        SDWA section 1445 (a)(2)(D) states that each PWS that conducts 
    monitoring of unregulated contaminants must provide the results of the 
    monitoring to the primary enforcement authority for the system. Today's 
    proposed rule requires electronic reporting by PWSs to States 
    (Sec. 141.35(b)) or the primary enforcement authority, and by States to 
    EPA (Sec. 142.15(c)(3)). The proposal does allow the primary 
    enforcement authority to specify another method for reporting by a PWS. 
    Stakeholders
    
    [[Page 23430]]
    
    supported this approach. Note that EPA will pay for the testing and 
    laboratory analysis of samples for small systems in State Monitoring 
    Plans. Since EPA intends to establish electronic recordkeeping of the 
    results from systems in State Plans, electronic reporting for these 
    systems would be done through the assistance of EPA. A State might 
    consider specifying another method for reporting when a system serving 
    over 10,000 persons has not developed the capability to report 
    electronic results. However, most laboratories have this capability and 
    could probably provide this service for the PWS.
        With respect to electronic reporting by States to EPA, the Agency 
    has determined that ninety percent of the States now have the current 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring data in electronic format and could 
    provide it in that form. Since most States rely on electronic reporting 
    to manage the significant amount of data they possess, EPA proposes 
    that all States report electronically. EPA will consult with States 
    that do not have this capability to determine other options for 
    obtaining electronic reports of their data to comply with this proposed 
    requirement.
    5. Public Notification of Availability of Results
        SDWA section 1445 (a)(2)(E) requires notification of the results of 
    the UCMR program to be made available to persons served by the system. 
    The results of UCMR monitoring for CWSs will be reported through the 
    Consumer Confidence Reports (CCR), pursuant to SDWA section 
    1414(c)(4)(B) and the final regulation recently published in the 
    Federal Register and, for non-community systems, through the revised 
    public notification rule to be proposed in mid-1999. Failure to monitor 
    for unregulated contaminants required through the UCMR will also be 
    reportable under the public notification rule.
        The results that would be reported through the CCR and public 
    notification rules should be based on the same monitoring data that the 
    States would receive under the UCMR and would be required to be 
    reported to the NCOD. Information in the NCOD will be available to the 
    public.
    6. Voluntary Reporting
        EPA also requests public comment on establishing a voluntary 
    reporting program for contaminants that may be monitored and tested for 
    because of local concerns but for which EPA is not requiring monitoring 
    or reporting as part of this rule. The reporting requirements for the 
    contaminants on the proposed Monitoring List would not apply to 
    voluntarily reported data for other unregulated contaminants. However, 
    monitoring data related to contaminants of local or State concern and 
    not on today's monitoring list could be voluntarily reported to the 
    NCOD to assist in determining whether they may be a national problem 
    and should be considered for establishing health-based standards 
    (maximum contaminant levels) or advisories. EPA may consider providing 
    reporting guidance for voluntary reporting of such results. EPA would 
    be interested in integrating local and/or State data at the national 
    level to see whether perceived local concerns have broader national 
    occurrence implications. EPA would comply with the Paperwork Reduction 
    Act in collecting such data.
        By August 1999, EPA expects to have the capability to accept such 
    additional data and store it in the NCOD. The data in the NCOD database 
    will be accessible to the public. The voluntarily reported data on 
    contaminants (chemical, microbiological and radiological) would assist 
    EPA in determining which contaminants it should be concerned about 
    nationally for developing the Contaminant Candidate Lists and UCMR 
    Lists in the future. Comments on this proposed voluntary reporting 
    program, separately identified as comments on ``Voluntary Reporting of 
    Other Unregulated Contaminants,'' may be submitted along with comments 
    on today's proposed regulation.
    
    IV. Implementation of Today's Proposal
    
        The implementation of today's proposed regulation has several 
    aspects that will be addressed here in approximate chronological order. 
    These steps include the following: setting an effective date; program 
    delegation; establishing the laboratory testing program; continued 
    research on methods development; determining the national 
    representative sample and associated State plans; conducting the 
    sampling, analysis, and reporting; and modifying the monitoring list. 
    The proposed revised UCMR program is described in Figure 1, ``Proposed 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Approach. Additionally, a critical 
    part of this program is funding for the testing of the national 
    representative sample of systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons.
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    [[Page 23431]]
    
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP30AP99.001
    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
    
    [[Page 23432]]
    
    A. Setting an Effective Date
    
        For eleven of the contaminants on the UCMR Monitoring List proposed 
    to be tested under Assessment Monitoring, EPA already has methods for 
    testing that are expected to give reliable and reproducible results. 
    These methods are widely used with the exception of methods for 
    Aeromonas, a microbiological contaminant, in the drinking water 
    industry but not necessarily for these contaminants. Testing for these 
    contaminants will, along with other information, help EPA determine 
    whether or not to regulate these contaminants. Results of the UCMR 
    testing should also be available for revising the CCL before the next 
    CCL must be issued (February 2003). Therefore, EPA proposes that the 
    effective date of the UCMR program be January 1, 2001, sixteen months 
    after the expected promulgation of the final rule. This timeframe, 
    sixteen months, is necessary for States to make changes in their 
    programs to allow the testing to occur and for States to review the 
    initial State Monitoring Plans and inform small PWSs of their selection 
    and of their responsibilities for monitoring. EPA will also use this 
    time to set up its laboratory program for testing samples from small 
    systems. Because the contaminants in List 1 to be tested under 
    Assessment Monitoring will have analytical methods currently in use 
    (several methods for compliance monitoring), this timeframe of 16 
    months (in combination with the assistance provided by the methods and 
    quality control manual) should be sufficient to allow laboratories 
    serving large systems (those providing drinking water to more than 
    10,000 persons) adequate time to organize and implement the testing 
    program. EPA is taking steps to ensure that methods and quality control 
    manual and contaminant occurrence reporting guidances are in place to 
    allow the program to be implemented at that time. The requirements for 
    small systems and sampling and quality control procedures for all 
    systems are specified in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4) and (5) and Appendix A. 
    Figure 2 describes the proposed timing for the implementation of the 
    major components and activities supporting the UCMR program.
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP30AP99.002
    
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
    
    B. Primacy Program Revision
    
        The UCMR program has historically been a requirement for State 
    assumption of primary enforcement authority (``primacy'') for the PWS 
    program under SDWA. Primacy allows a State to be the primary agency for 
    administering and enforcing the PWS program in that State. EPA believes 
    that today's revision of the UCMR, when final, should also become part 
    of a States's primacy program. Therefore, each State that currently has 
    PWS primacy will need to address any changes in the existing State 
    authorities necessary to implement this revised rule. The procedure for 
    revision of State programs is found in 40 CFR 142.12.
    
    C. Implementation in Indian Country
    
        This proposed rule has several provisions applying to State 
    governments; this preamble section is intended to clarify how these 
    provisions would apply in Indian country and to request comment on 
    EPA's proposed approach. First, with respect to state plans, as 
    explained earlier in the section on designation of the representative 
    sample, EPA intends to include all small systems in Indian country 
    together as a single, separate group. Just as small systems in each 
    State will be selected at random for participation in the UCMR, small 
    systems located
    
    [[Page 23433]]
    
    anywhere in Indian country will be selected at random. Instead of 
    notifying the State and allowing the State to select alternative 
    systems due to closure, merger or water purchase, however, EPA will 
    contact the appropriate tribal governments to make sure that the 
    selected systems have not closed or merged and do not buy water from 
    another system. The resulting group of systems will be the ``state 
    plan'' for all Indian country. The appropriate EPA regional office will 
    notify the selected systems of their UCMR responsibilities.
        Under the proposal, states can also participate in the UCMR by 
    specifying ``vulnerable'' systems for pre-screen testing, notifying 
    systems of their participation in the monitoring and instructions for 
    testing in lieu of EPA, and petitioning EPA for a monitoring waiver for 
    large systems. EPA requests comment on whether, and to what extent, 
    Indian tribal governments should or want to have these authorities as 
    well. EPA could treat Indian tribes as states for purposes of 
    implementing these authorities under two separate approaches. First, 
    because UCMR is part of the primacy program, tribes that have treatment 
    as a state status for PWS primacy would be able to carry out these 
    authorities for selected systems under their jurisdiction. Second, EPA 
    could amend the treatment as a state regulations to allow tribes to 
    have treatment as a state status for purposes of carrying out these 
    provisions of the UCMR. Under this second approach, a tribe would not 
    need to demonstrate that it qualified for treatment as a state for any 
    other purpose (for example, primacy or grant administration) other than 
    the UCMR provisions. Because these authorities are so limited, EPA 
    doubts that Indian tribes would want to seek treatment as a state for 
    these limited purposes and, as a result, believes option 1 to be 
    preferable. However, if there is significant interest in obtaining this 
    authority apart from primacy, EPA may in the final rule amend the 
    treatment as a state regulations (40 CFR 142.72 and 40 CFR 142.78) to 
    obtain treatment as a state status solely for the purpose of 
    implementing these specific UCMR authorities.
        Finally, the statute allows the governors of seven or more states 
    to petition EPA to add contaminants to the UCMR list. EPA requests 
    comment on whether Indian tribal governments should or desire to have 
    the same authority. EPA believes that for this authority, a tribe that 
    has treatment as a state status for either primacy or PWS grant 
    administration should be deemed to have treatment as a state for 
    purposes of petitioning EPA to add a contaminant to the UCMR list. 
    Since the petitioning role is not system specific, a tribe that has 
    demonstrated the capability to administer a PWS grant should also have 
    the capability to assess whether they believe a contaminant should be 
    added to the monitoring list. Therefore, EPA does not expect to make a 
    regulatory amendment to the treatment as a state regulations in order 
    to allow Indian tribal governments to petition EPA to add contaminants 
    to the UCMR list. If EPA decides to treat tribes as states for these 
    purposes, EPA would revise the rule language to provide that seven 
    governors or tribal leaders could petition EPA to add contaminants to 
    the list.
    
    D. Establishing the Laboratory Testing Program
    
        To ensure that sound data are provided for future regulatory 
    decisions, EPA will take three steps in establishing the laboratory 
    testing program: (1) Identifying the methods that must be used to test 
    for the unregulated contaminants under Assessment Monitoring, (2) 
    establishing the laboratory testing program for systems serving more 
    than 10,000 persons, and (3) establishing the laboratory testing 
    program for systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons.
    1. Analytical Methods for the Testing Program
        The methods to be required are identified in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), 
    Table 1 of the proposed regulation, List 1, Assessment Monitoring. 
    Additional sampling and quality control requirements are identified in 
    Sec. 141.40(a)(4) and (5) and Appendix A. EPA has prepared a draft 
    sampling guidance, ``UCMR Guidance for Operators of Systems Serving 
    10,000 or Fewer Persons,'' which provides additional details on 
    sampling requirements. EPA has also produced a draft methods and 
    quality control manual, ``Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation 
    Analytical Methods and Quality Control Manual,'' that provides detailed 
    guidance regarding specific method requirements related to the 
    unregulated contaminants on the Monitoring List. This manual provides 
    additional guidance covering quality control steps for all testing 
    under this program, as described above in ``Monitoring Requirement 
    under the Proposed UCMR.'' These two draft guidance documents are 
    available for review and public comment with this proposed regulation. 
    Commenters can access the documents through Docket Number W-98-02, 
    through the EPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 800-426-4791, or through 
    the EPA Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water Internet Homepage. 
    Today's proposed rule would require that systems serving more than 
    10,000 persons follow the methods and procedures in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), 
    (4), and (5). The draft methods and quality control manual referred to 
    above would provide guidance to these large systems serving more that 
    10,000 persons in organizing and conducting their unregulated 
    contaminant testing program. EPA will require laboratories that test 
    samples of systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons to also comply with 
    40 CFR 141.40(a)(3), (4) and (5) and Appendix A.
    2. Testing Program for Systems Serving More Than 10,000 Persons
        Implementation of today's proposal would only cause Assessment 
    Monitoring of List 1 contaminants. These contaminants have analytical 
    methods currently in use and EPA plans to conduct reviews of 
    laboratories' procedures for unregulated contaminant testing for 
    Assessment Monitoring because of the high data quality requirements of 
    this program.
        EPA anticipates that contaminants proposed to be on List 2 for the 
    Screening Survey may be monitored during the five-year listing cycle 
    through separate rulemaking. Under today's proposal, EPA would 
    statistically select approximately 150 large systems that would provide 
    samples to laboratories that EPA has approved to conduct this testing. 
    EPA's approval of a limited number of laboratories to do this testing 
    would include, but may not be limited to, its evaluation of: (1) 
    Laboratory capability, (2) test results of blind samples, (3) 
    experience with similar methodologies, (4) willingness to accept 
    samples from any public water system required to monitor under this 
    regulation, and (5) provision of the testing for List 2 (and List 3) 
    contaminants at a reasonable price to large systems required to do 
    monitoring under this regulation. Large systems selected to be part of 
    the Screening Survey (or Pre-Screen Testing for List 3 contaminants) 
    will be notified by the State or primacy agency prior to the dates 
    established for sample collection and submission for contaminants on 
    List 2. EPA requests public comment on options for the testing of List 
    2 contaminants of (a) sending samples to laboratories that the Agency 
    has approved for testing List 2 and List 3 contaminants or (b) EPA 
    providing performance criteria for the testing of List 2 and List 3 
    contaminants
    
    [[Page 23434]]
    
    which these systems could use to decide to test at a laboratory of 
    their choosing.
    3. Testing Program for Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons
        Based on a competitive selection process, EPA would designate one 
    to five laboratories to conduct the testing for systems serving 10,000 
    or fewer persons. Under today's proposal, the selected laboratories 
    would test Assessment Monitoring samples from the approximately 800 
    small systems included in State Monitoring Plans, along with the 
    samples from the index systems, over the five-year cycle for the 
    program. The laboratories would need to be able to provide all 
    necessary sampling equipment to these systems, provide complete yet 
    easy-to-follow instructions on use of the sampling equipment, 
    coordinate the shipping of the equipment and receipt of the returned 
    equipment and samples, provide appropriate sample preservation and 
    testing, and report results to the public water systems, States, and 
    EPA electronically following the reporting requirements of these 
    proposed regulations. EPA will review and evaluate laboratory 
    procedures to ensure that sufficient testing and data quality standards 
    are met. The requirements proposed today and their supporting draft 
    ``UCMR Analytical Methods and Quality Control Manual'' would also apply 
    to these laboratories as conditions of the planned testing contracts 
    that EPA expects to establish with the selected laboratories.
        Once future rulemaking occur to implement the Screening Survey for 
    List 2 contaminants, approximately 150 statistically selected small 
    systems would provide samples during two to three years in the middle 
    of the 5-year cycle. The same laboratories testing List 1 contaminants 
    would then also test for List 2 contaminants.
    
    E. Continued Analytical Methods Development
    
        For the contaminants on the UCM Lists 2 and 3, EPA still needs to 
    establish methods that can be widely used at reasonable cost. EPA is 
    setting up a research program through its Office of Research and 
    Development to identify additional methods. As methods are developed, 
    EPA would publish for public comment an amendment to this regulation 
    for the contaminants identified previously for the Screening Survey and 
    Pre-Screen Testing to specify the analytical methods, sampling 
    location, minimum reporting levels applicable to these contaminants, 
    and sampling dates.
    
    F. Determining the National Representative Sample and State Monitoring 
    Plans
    
        For systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons, EPA may only require a 
    representative sample of such systems to monitor for unregulated 
    contaminants in drinking water. Prior to the effective date of the 
    program and not later than six months prior to the start of the 
    Assessment Monitoring program, EPA would identify, through a 
    statistical selection process using a random number generator, up to 
    800 systems (from a total of approximately 65,600 community and non-
    transient non-community water systems) serving 10,000 or fewer persons 
    that must monitor and up to 800 alternate systems if replacements are 
    needed. The selection process would allocate systems to each State, 
    giving approximately equal probability to each person's water system 
    being selected within water source type (ground water or surface water) 
    and system size category (25 to 500 persons served, 501 to 3,300 
    persons, and 3,301 to 10,000 persons). Based on the appropriate number 
    of systems in each State, Tribe or territory (identified by water 
    source type and system size category), EPA would send these first 
    system selections (i.e., the initial State Plan) and the replacement 
    list of alternate systems to each State, Tribe, and territory, as 
    appropriate.
        The State, Tribe or territory would have 60 days to review the 
    initial plan and (1) accept the initial plan as its State Monitoring 
    Plan and inform the Regional Administrator of its acceptance of the 
    initial plan along with its process for informing the selected systems 
    of their responsibilities for monitoring; (2) propose deletions from 
    and alternates to the initial plan as its State plan, including the 
    reasons for the changes and the process it would use to inform the 
    systems of their responsibilities, and inform the Regional 
    Administrator of its proposal; or (3) take no action within 60 days 
    allowing the Regional Administrator, after consulting with the State, 
    to specify the final State plan. If a State, Tribe, or territory 
    chooses option (1) or option (2) above, it must submit a description of 
    the process it would use for informing the systems selected of their 
    responsibilities for monitoring, when the process would be implemented, 
    and any necessary modifications to the timing of sampling for each to 
    coordinate with compliance monitoring at the State's discretion. 
    However, a State that chooses no action in the initial plan may still 
    choose to notify selected systems and provide the necessary 
    information. States may also choose an alternate most vulnerable time 
    for systems to sample if different from May through July, as proposed 
    in the rule.
        The PWSs which EPA selects through the use of a random number 
    generator to be index sites would also be specified in the initial plan 
    that EPA gives to the State. The replacement list for the initial plan 
    would also be applied for the index sites that needed to be replaced. 
    EPA expects to provide contractor support through the laboratories 
    selected to conduct the testing for unregulated contaminants to 
    collect, ship and test the samples and gather the additional data to 
    support these ``index'' systems. EPA's procedure for selecting these 
    index sites is described in a technical document titled ``National 
    Representative Sample and State Plans for Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring at Public Water Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons.'' 
    This document can be accessed through Docket Number W-98-02, through 
    the EPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 800-426-4791, or through the EPA 
    Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water Internet Homepage at 
    www.epa.gov/ogwdw. EPA requests comment on the selection procedure 
    detailed above and in this document.
        While monitoring for List 2 contaminants under the Screening Survey 
    is not proposed by today's action and would not be implemented until a 
    new rulemaking activated these contaminants for monitoring, EPA 
    proposes that EPA provide with the State Plans a list of systems that 
    would conduct monitoring for List 2 contaminants. EPA believes that the 
    methods for the contaminants on List 2 will be ready for use during the 
    first three years of the five year listing cycle and that the Screening 
    Survey will be implemented during that time. EPA would select 
    approximately 300 systems (approximately 150 large and 150 small 
    systems) using a random number generator to specify them at the same 
    time that EPA prepares the initial plan described above. If this survey 
    list was not sent at the same time of the initial State Plan, then EPA 
    would have to provide a second list to each State to implement the 
    Screening Survey. EPA believes that the preparation of a second list is 
    unnecessary. The EPA specification and State review of the Survey list 
    can occur at the same time.
        For Pre-Screen Testing, States would need to specify from 5 up to 
    25 systems as being representative of systems most vulnerable to the 
    contaminants on List 3. The number of systems to be selected in any 
    State would be determined by
    
    [[Page 23435]]
    
    EPA based on the number of persons served by community and non-
    transient noncommunity water systems in a State. For the systems in 
    this selection that serve 10,000 or fewer persons, States would modify 
    their State Plans at the time of their selection and notify the EPA 
    Regional Office of their addition to those Plans.
    
    G. Specifying the Vulnerable Monitoring Period
    
        The State may modify the vulnerable monitoring period specified in 
    Sec. 141.40(5)(ii)(B) applicable to all monitored systems. The State 
    may consider environmental, precipitation, and system factors in 
    changing this vulnerable period. The vulnerable monitoring period may 
    be changed for a single system, a subset of systems or all monitored 
    systems.
    
    H. Conducting the Sampling
    
    (1) All Monitored Systems
        All monitored systems must sample for the unregulated contaminants 
    identified on the Monitoring List 1 and should coordinate, at State 
    discretion and to the extent practical, with their compliance 
    monitoring schedule for regulated chemicals. For chemical contaminants, 
    surface water-supplied systems must monitor every three months during a 
    twelve-month period and ground water-supplied systems, two times six 
    months apart in a twelve-month period of the years indicated in column 
    6 of UCMR Table 1, List 1, Sec. 141.40(a)(3), of every five-year 
    listing cycle. One sample at each entry point to the distribution 
    system after any treatment representing all water sources in use during 
    the twelve-month period or at each distribution system sampling point 
    must be taken during the May-June-July time of the monitoring period, 
    unless the State identifies a more vulnerable time for a particular 
    system, subset of systems, or all monitored systems in the State. In 
    sampling microbiological contaminants, the PWS must monitor at a site 
    in the distribution system representative of the water supplied to the 
    system's service area and at a site near the end of the distribution 
    line with the longest residence time. One sampling event must occur at 
    the most vulnerable time for the system, proposed as May 1 through July 
    31, or another time designated by the State as the most vulnerable 
    period, and six months later.
        In preparing this proposed regulation, EPA sought input of 
    stakeholders on the timing of the monitoring cycle. Their input 
    indicated that most States are on a three-year compliance monitoring 
    schedule, with approximately one third of the systems being monitored 
    each year. EPA proposes to use this same schedule for unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring. The five-year unregulated contaminant listing 
    cycle can be coordinated with the three-year compliance monitoring 
    schedule by starting the next five year monitoring round in January 
    2001 and taking the samples with any compliance sampling being done, 
    regardless of where the three-year cycle is in a particular State. 
    Sampling in the remainder of the State would be done in the next two 
    years, following the State's compliance monitoring schedule. This 
    proposal means that a system may not be sampling for regulated 
    contaminants during the 5-year listing cycle and may be required to 
    conduct unregulated contaminant monitoring during that time.
    (2) Systems Serving More Than 10,000 Persons
        For Assessment Monitoring, systems serving more that 10,000 persons 
    would follow the sampling requirements in Sec. 141.40. These 
    requirements are explained further in the draft methods and quality 
    control manual.
    (3) Systems in State Monitoring Plans
        EPA has drafted guidance, ``UCMR Guidance for Operators of Public 
    Water Systems Serving Less Than 10,000 People,'' on the 
    responsibilities of the PWSs that are part of the representative sample 
    and State Plans. This guidance further explains the requirements for 
    operators of small systems proposed at Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4) and (5) 
    and appendix A. This guidance addresses sampling instructions including 
    frequency and location, receipt and use of sample equipment, sample 
    shipping to laboratories, review of results, and reporting. States can 
    use the guidance to give schedules and instructions to the systems as 
    part of informing them of their responsibilities to participate in the 
    representative sample and State plan. The draft guidance is available 
    for public comment with this rule. Commenters can access the draft 
    document through Docket Number W-98-02, through the EPA Safe Drinking 
    Water Hotline at 800-426-4791, or through the EPA Office of Ground 
    Water and Drinking Water Internet Homepage at www.epa.gov/ogwdw.
        Systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons that are part of the 
    State's representative sample plan must sample at the locations 
    identified in the regulation, similar to the other systems described 
    above. EPA would inform the competitively selected laboratories as to 
    which systems are included in State Monitoring Plans and should, 
    therefore, receive sampling equipment.
        A statistically selected subset (ten percent) of systems in State 
    Monitoring Plans would be required to collect duplicate samples for 
    quality control purposes. These systems would follow the same 
    procedures as for the first sample collection.
    
    I. Screening Survey
    
        The Screening Survey is not part of today's proposal, except to 
    publish the List 2 contaminants that may be part of the Screening 
    Survey as part of the EPA revised Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring 
    List. When EPA develops methods for groups of contaminants on 
    Monitoring List 2 for the Screening Survey, the Agency will by rule, 
    after peer review of the analytical methods, require that samples for 
    the List 2 contaminants be collected and submitted by small and large 
    systems for testing. The rule would include a list of which 
    contaminants PWSs would need to submit samples for the Screening 
    Survey. EPA will pay for sample shipping and testing for systems 
    serving 10,000 or fewer persons.
    
    J. Pre-Screen Testing
    
        Pre-Screen Testing is not part of today's proposal, except to 
    publish the List 3 contaminants as part of revised UCM List. Pre-Screen 
    Testing of List 3 contaminants would be implemented after EPA 
    promulgates a rule, after peer review of the analytical methods, 
    specifying the analytical methods, minimum reporting levels, and sample 
    locations and dates for those contaminants. Pre-Screen Testing would be 
    a limited sampling and testing activity, conducted under highly 
    controlled conditions. The EPA Regional Office would send a letter to 
    the State requesting the identification of the vulnerable systems for 
    Pre-Screen Testing. The State would need to submit its selection of 
    vulnerable systems within 60 days of receiving the EPA letter. States 
    would identify, based on the population served by community water 
    systems in the State and the vulnerability of the systems to the 
    contaminant, 5 to 25 large and small systems that they determine to be 
    most vulnerable to the contaminants specified from List 3 in order to 
    identify a national set of up to 200 systems that may be sampled under 
    Pre-Screen Testing. EPA wants to clarify that Pre-Screen Testing would 
    only be representative of the most vulnerable systems and not of all 
    systems in the nation. EPA intends to use these results to determine 
    whether a more
    
    [[Page 23436]]
    
    representative monitoring effort should occur through Assessment 
    Monitoring or a Screening Survey, not to generate a national occurrence 
    estimate. However, EPA could elect to proceed directly to a 
    determination to regulate one or more of these contaminants in the 
    event of a clear and present public health threat, based on all 
    available information.
        For sampling contaminants that require specific training and skills 
    to ensure the sample integrity, EPA may contract for the sampling, only 
    requiring the PWS owner/operator to provide access to the sampling 
    locations. EPA would pay for sample shipping and testing for the small 
    and medium systems participating in Pre-Screening Testing, and would 
    report the results to the PWS and State for review before allowing 
    public access through the NCOD. Large systems would pay for the 
    sampling, sample shipping and testing of these contaminants at EPA 
    approved laboratories and report the results to the State for review 
    and submission to the NCOD.
    
    K. Testing
    
        As discussed above, EPA has prepared a draft methods and quality 
    control manual for the sampling and testing of the contaminants on the 
    monitoring list that would, after public comment, be distributed to 
    States and made generally available. This manual provides guidance on 
    the requirements proposed in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4) and (5) and 
    appendix A. Laboratories that are conducting testing for these 
    contaminants at the request of the public water systems would need to 
    follow the requirements in Sec. 141.40, Appendix A and the methods in 
    the manual. EPA expects to set up a program to review methods 
    implementation and performance of the participating laboratories.
        For public water systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons that are 
    included in State Plans, EPA would identify from one to five 
    laboratories through a competitive process that would test for 
    unregulated contaminants for this category of systems. EPA is doing 
    this so it can pay the testing costs for small systems. EPA intends to 
    issue a ``request for bids'' in 1999 for laboratories that desire to be 
    considered for selection as one of the laboratories which will test the 
    unregulated contaminant samples from these small systems. The first 
    samples are expected to be available for testing after January 1, 2001.
    
    L. Reporting Requirements
    
        The results of the testing of any sample under the unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring program would need to be reported along with the 
    20 data elements identified in the proposed regulation. EPA proposes 
    that PWSs report electronically to States, unless the State, or EPA if 
    the State does not have enforcement authority, specifies alternative 
    reporting requirements. EPA also proposes that States report these 
    results to EPA electronically. EPA encourages all laboratories that 
    perform unregulated contaminant testing for public water systems to 
    report results electronically. Under today's proposal, small PWSs 
    included in State Plans will need to report the first nine data 
    elements: PWS identification number; public water system facility 
    identification number for source intake/well, treatment plant and 
    sampling station; sampling station type; water source type; sample 
    identification number; sample collection date; latitude of public water 
    system facility for source intake/well, and treatment plant; and 
    longitude of public water system facility for source intake/well and 
    treatment plant to the EPA laboratory conducting the testing. The 
    remaining data elements must be reported to the PWS by the laboratory. 
    The State or EPA Regional Office may identify another reporting method 
    for public water systems within its supervision, such as a standard 
    hard copy or paper format that could be electronically scanned to put 
    the data into an electronic format for computer storage, retrieval, and 
    use. EPA requests public comment on alternative ways to report these 
    data, instead of reporting electronically. EPA intends to provide 
    States reporting guidance in ``Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring 
    Reporting Guidance,'' that may include a standard hard copy format that 
    systems could use if the State or EPA Regional Office waives the 
    requirement to report electronically. This draft guidance is available 
    for public comment through Docket Number W-98-02, through the EPA Safe 
    Drinking Water Hotline at 800-426-4791, or through the EPA Office of 
    Ground Water and Drinking Water Internet Homepage at www.epa.gov/ogwdw. 
    States would be able to report unregulated contaminant data 
    electronically to the EPA Safe Drinking Water Information System 
    (SDWIS). SDWIS would have a storage area for the National Contaminant 
    Occurrence Database (NCOD) to which unregulated contaminant data would 
    be routed electronically.
    
    M. Record Keeping
    
        The PWS and the State would continue to have responsibilities for 
    record keeping for the data from unregulated contaminant monitoring as 
    currently required under Sec. 141.33 for the PWS and Sec. 142.14(a) for 
    the State.
    
    N. Modifying the Monitoring List
    
        As required in Section 1445, every five years, EPA will modify 
    today's proposed Table 1, Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List, to 
    include contaminants of greatest concern at that time. If EPA still 
    requires additional data for some previously listed contaminants, those 
    contaminants may remain on the list. As discussed previously, EPA is 
    requesting public comment on maintaining a monitoring list with more 
    than 30 contaminants, but only requiring monitoring for 30 contaminants 
    within a particular five-year contaminant listing cycle.
        States can also request a change to the Monitoring List through 
    petition by seven or more governors. Their petition must clearly show 
    that the proposed contaminant should be considered a greater health 
    concern than other contaminants on the Monitoring List. The petition 
    should also provide any available information on known or expected 
    occurrence of the contaminant in drinking water, analytical methods 
    that are or could be used to test for the contaminant(s) and other 
    information that would assist EPA in determining whether the 
    contaminant(s) should be added to the List. The EPA Administrator would 
    make a determination as to whether the contaminant proposed is of 
    greater health concern to warrant putting it on the Monitoring List in 
    place of another contaminant.
    
    O. Funding for Testing of Samples for Systems in State Monitoring Plans 
    and for Pre-Screen Testing
    
        EPA will pay for small system costs of sample testing. Grants to 
    pay for a system's sample testing can only be made for monitoring costs 
    that are incurred pursuant to a State Monitoring Plan. EPA considers 
    the public water systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons included in 
    State Plans as the grantee (recipient of the grant). The Agency can 
    contract to establish the necessary laboratory testing capability, then 
    grant the laboratory's services to the public water systems. EPA 
    proposes to make payments to a laboratory, several laboratories, or 
    other testing organizations to conduct the testing and make a grant of 
    their service to these systems. However, because these funds
    
    [[Page 23437]]
    
    are authorized within the context of a State Monitoring Plan, any 
    payments to another entity for this testing service would have to be 
    limited to small systems included in final State Plans. To achieve 
    reliability, quality control and consistency of the testing, EPA would 
    specify that samples produced under the State plan must be submitted to 
    a laboratory that meets the requirements in Sec. 141.40(a)(3), (4) and 
    (5) and appendix A, and further described in the methods and quality 
    control manual, and has been approved for this work by the Agency. EPA 
    expects to save up to $2 million per year as compared to the current 
    UCM program through this testing program.
        There are two authorizations for funding to carry out SDWA section 
    1445(a)(2)(C), both of which could be used for testing costs of a State 
    Monitoring Plan for small systems if appropriations are provided. 
    Beginning in fiscal year 1998, the Agency is required to reserve $2 
    million each year from funds appropriated under SDWA section 1452 
    Drinking Water State Revolving Loan Fund set-aside to pay for the costs 
    of unregulated contaminant testing. Section 1445(a)(2)(H) authorizes 
    $10 million annually through fiscal year 2003 to carry out all the 
    purposes of the unregulated contaminant monitoring program. This could 
    also include paying for the costs of testing for small systems under 
    State monitoring plans. At this time, $2 million from the set-aside of 
    the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund appropriation for FY 1998 and 
    for FY 1999 are available to be spent to support unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring for small systems. EPA will continue to use this 
    set-aside from the Drinking Water SRF appropriation under SDWA in 
    future budget years to cover the costs of this testing, as well as 
    small system testing under the Screening Survey and Pre-Screen Testing. 
    Should funding levels change for the UCM program, EPA would need to 
    consider how to accommodate reduced funding. In this event, for 
    example, EPA could recalculate the representative sample size to a 
    lower confidence level, commensurate with available resources.
        Funding for the monitoring approach described previously is as 
    follows:
        (1) Assessment Monitoring--EPA will pay for the sample equipment 
    and shipping, testing, and electronic reporting for systems serving 
    10,000 or fewer persons. Systems serving more than 10,000 persons would 
    need to pay for their own sample equipment and shipping, testing, and 
    electronic reporting.
        (2) Screening Survey--Since the methods in a Screening Survey may 
    not have been evaluated on a multi-laboratory basis but the results 
    would be a representative survey of contaminant occurrence and be 
    consistent with the approach of Assessment Monitoring, large systems 
    would need to pay for testing at a laboratory that EPA has approved for 
    testing the contaminants on List 2. These methods will be peer reviewed 
    to ensure that they can perform adequately before EPA proposes a rule 
    to implement the Screening Survey.
        Funding options within the water industry for the Screening Survey 
    may be possible and would need to be considered by the industry itself. 
    EPA would only pay the costs of sample collection, shipping and testing 
    samples from systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons .
        (3) Pre-Screen Testing--EPA proposes to pay for the sample 
    collection and testing for small systems only. Large systems would pay 
    for the costs of testing for List 3 contaminants at a laboratory that 
    EPA has approved for testing these contaminants.
    
    V. Relation of the Proposed Regulation to the Existing Regulation
    
        Under a separate action, EPA published a Direct Final Rule on 
    January 8, 1999, which will suspend the existing monitoring 
    requirements for systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons only, 
    beginning January 1, 1999, and until the requirements in this proposed 
    rule are effective. This action modifies the existing regulation ahead 
    of the promulgation and implementation of the proposed unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring rule. The Direct Final Rule's purpose is to 
    allow the systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons to save the cost of a 
    third monitoring round under the existing regulation, which if 
    performed would overlap with monitoring under the proposed revised 
    rule. Today's proposed regulation revisions will entirely replace the 
    existing sections of the Code of Federal Regulations at 40 CFR 141.35, 
    141.40, and 142.15(c)(3), and modify 142.16. The large systems should 
    already have completed their third round of monitoring, and their 
    fourth round is not due to begin until this rule has been promulgated.
    
    VI. Cost and Benefit of a Revised UCMR Program
    
    A. Program Cost Estimates
    
        Today's proposed regulation would only require that Assessment 
    Monitoring for List 1 contaminants be conducted. The contaminants on 
    Lists 2 and 3 would not be monitored until EPA promulgates rules to 
    activate the monitoring for those contaminants. EPA has estimated the 
    costs of complying with the requirements of the new unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring program (including the List 1, List 2 and List 3 
    components) in terms of labor costs and non-labor costs. Labor costs 
    pertain to systems, State/Primacy Agencies, and EPA, and include 
    activities such as reading the regulation, notification, sample 
    collection (e.g., at entry points or distribution system sites), 
    reporting, record keeping, and analysis of data. Non-labor costs are 
    primarily incurred by EPA and systems serving more than 10,000 people, 
    and include costs for shipping these samples to laboratories and the 
    sample testing. The Agency will also incur non-labor costs to procure 
    services to conduct quality assurance surveys at contract laboratories 
    and to collect samples at a select number of Index systems (and at 
    small systems selected for Pre-Screen Testing if the full program is 
    implemented). Some of these costs are initial program startup costs 
    which may not need to be replicated in future monitoring cycles.
        The details of the cost estimates and their assumptions are 
    presented in the Information Collection Request (ICR) document (ICR No. 
    1882.01). The ICR document presents estimated costs and burdens for the 
    1999-2001 period. In addition, a background cost document, titled 
    ``Burden and Cost Calculations for the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring Regulation'' is attached as an appendix to the ICR, and 
    presents the estimated costs and burdens for the first five-year cycle 
    of the proposed rule. Copies may be obtained from Sandy Farmer by mail 
    at: OP Regulatory Information Division, U.S. Environmental Protection 
    Agency (2137), 401 M St., SW; Washington, DC 20460, by email at: 
    farmer.sandy@epamail.epa.gov, or by calling: (202) 260-2740. A copy may 
    also be downloaded off the Internet at: 
    http://www.epa.gov/icr.
        While this proposed regulation would initially only require 
    Assessment Monitoring, the cost estimates presented assume 
    implementation of the full UCMR program. Full program cost estimates 
    assume the Assessment Monitoring program will be supplemented by two 
    one-year Screening Surveys and a more limited one-year Pre-Screen 
    Testing program.
        The Assessment Monitoring would be conducted for List 1 
    contaminants, which include 10 chemicals (i.e., all chemicals in List 1 
    in the Preamble) and one microbiological contaminant,
    
    [[Page 23438]]
    
    Aeromonas. The Assessment Monitoring would be performed over a three-
    year period and would be conducted by all 2,774 systems serving greater 
    than 10,000 people and by the nationally representative sample of 800 
    systems serving 10,000 or fewer people.
        Once regulations regarding the Screening Survey (List 2 
    contaminants) are promulgated, two Screening Surveys would be performed 
    to monitor for the List 2 chemical contaminants specified in the UCMR 
    regulations. The first Screening Survey would monitor for the List 2 
    contaminants for which preliminary sampling and analytical methods are 
    now identified; the second Screening Survey would monitor the remaining 
    List 2 chemicals (assuming suitable methods are available). Each 
    Screening Survey would be conducted for one year and would include a 
    separate representative sample of up to 300 public water systems 
    selected from systems of all sizes. The two samples of 300 systems 
    would be a subset of the systems conducting Assessment Monitoring. The 
    Assessment Monitoring, together with the Screening Surveys, would 
    provide information on the occurrence of all 24 chemical contaminants 
    and one microbiological contaminant on the UCMR list.
        The Pre-Screen Testing would be a smaller component of the UCMR 
    program that will gather occurrence data and assess the viability of 
    monitoring for at least three List 3 microbiological contaminants: 
    Cyanobacteria (blue-green algae, other freshwater algae and their 
    toxins), Coxsakieviruses, and Echoviruses. This monitoring would be 
    conducted at a targeted sample of up to 200 systems identified as the 
    most vulnerable to these microbiological contaminants. Again, these 
    systems would be a subset of the systems conducting Assessment 
    Monitoring. These systems would be identified as vulnerable by the 
    States from all large and small systems (CWS and NTNCWS) in each State. 
    From this listing, EPA would randomly select up to 200 systems to 
    implement Pre-Screen Testing. It is estimated that this will be 
    comprised of approximately 150 small systems and 50 large systems. As 
    noted, EPA cannot pre-determine which of the most vulnerable small 
    systems will coincide with those 800 systems selected for the national 
    representative sample for Assessment Monitoring and Screening Surveys. 
    Hence, it is possible that up to 150 additional small systems (for a 
    total of 950) could be involved in the full implementation of the UCMR, 
    if no Pre-Screen Testing systems came from the national sample selected 
    for Assessment Monitoring. However, this situation is unlikely. For the 
    cost and burden estimates discussed here and in Section VIII 
    (Administrative Requirements), EPA assumes that only 800 small systems 
    are included. The number of small Pre-Screen Testing systems does not 
    affect the total cost estimates, but does affect some critical 
    estimates of the cost and burden per system. Assuming only 800 systems 
    presents a conservative, or worst-case, estimate because it evaluates 
    the maximum total costs divided across a smaller number of systems.
        Because existing sampling and analytical methods for the List 3 
    contaminants are problematic, all sampling at small systems would be 
    done by EPA contractors, and all analyses will be performed at EPA 
    selected laboratories. The sampling would be done during a one-year 
    period, likely year four of the 5-year UCMR cycle. Large systems 
    selected to conduct Pre-Screen Testing will be responsible for their 
    own sample collection and for the costs of testing at an EPA approved 
    laboratory.
        Assessment Monitoring tasks and activities for monitoring chemicals 
    contaminants follow proposal outlines: surface water systems would 
    sample four times during one year and ground water systems would sample 
    two times during one year in the UCMR cycle; EPA would pay for the 
    testing costs (analytical services, shipping, etc.) for the 
    representative sample of small systems, and these analyses would be 
    performed by selected laboratories; large systems, serving more than 
    10,000 people, would pay for their own testing, using the laboratories 
    of their choice (following UCMR quality control requirements), and; all 
    systems would, to the extent practical, conduct their chemical sampling 
    coincident with their standard compliance monitoring framework (SMF) to 
    reduce labor burden and analytical costs where possible. The program 
    would also include various quality assurance and quality control 
    measures (e.g., ten percent duplicate samples from the representative 
    systems). Aeromonas (a microbiological contaminant) would be sampled by 
    both ground and surface water systems at a frequency of two times in 
    the year of sampling, at two points in the distribution system. 
    Additionally, a subset of 30 small systems, referred to as ``Index 
    Systems'', would be sampled during all five years to assess any 
    temporal occurrence trends, other data variability, or program 
    problems.
        Required monitoring frequencies and burden assumptions for the 
    Screening Surveys are the same as those for Assessment Monitoring. 
    Under Pre-Screen Testing, EPA contractors will conduct the sampling at 
    each targeted small system twice during one year, at a maximum of four 
    sampling points per system. Large systems will be required to follow 
    the same monitoring schedule.
        Standard assumptions and sources of information were utilized, 
    which are the same as those used in other drinking water program ICR 
    analyses, and include: public water system inventory, number of entry 
    points, and labor rates. For State and some system activities, the 
    labor burden was estimated using EPA's standard State Resource Model, 
    which is documented in the Resource Analysis Computer Program for State 
    Drinking Water Agencies (January 1993).
        Analytical/laboratory services comprise approximately 80 percent of 
    the national costs for a program such as the UCMR. These costs are 
    generally calculated as follows: The number of systems multiplied by 
    the number of entry or sampling points, multiplied by the sampling 
    frequency, and multiplied by the analytical cost. (This calculation is 
    repeated for each separate analytical method). Shipping costs are added 
    to the calculated analytical/laboratory costs to derive the total 
    direct analytical non-labor costs. Instead of assuming that large 
    systems will pay the full analytical cost for Assessment Monitoring, 
    systems are assumed to pay a smaller ``incremental'' analytical costs 
    given UCMR monitoring coinciding with ongoing Phase II/V compliance 
    monitoring. In some cases, UCMR analyses utilize the same laboratory 
    analytical methods that are required for ongoing compliance monitoring. 
    Therefore, when UCMR monitoring and Phase II/V monitoring are conducted 
    concurrently, only incremental fees are charged for analysis of the 
    additional UCMR compounds. With methods that are not currently in use, 
    no cost savings can be realized. The full spectrum of assumptions are 
    documented in the Information Collection Request, as noted.
        The costs are averaged to an annual basis for the five-year UCMR 
    cycle of 2001-2005. With this revised rule, the States and EPA would 
    have some one-time start-up costs. Although start-up costs might be 
    incurred before 2001, these costs are included and averaged as part of 
    the five-year (2001-2005) program costs to simplify calculations. 
    Systems will only incur costs during the five-year monitoring cycle. 
    Full program (Assessment Monitoring, Screening Survey and Pre-Screen 
    Testing) cost estimates appear first below. Following the full program 
    costs are the costs for
    
    [[Page 23439]]
    
    Assessment Monitoring alone, which is the focus of this proposed rule.
        Full Program. The Agency estimates that the average annual labor 
    and non-labor costs associated with the required unregulated monitoring 
    (with the assumptions noted above) are: EPA--$4.0 million, $3.0 million 
    of which is for testing costs of the national representative sample and 
    contractor site visits to Index and Pre-Screen Testing systems; 
    States--$461,500; Systems serving 10,000 or fewer people (from the 
    representative sample)--$19,860; all 2,774 systems serving greater than 
    10,000--$5.6 million. The total national average annual cost is 
    approximately $10.1 million. Estimated average annual costs (labor plus 
    non-labor) per system for systems serving 10,000 or fewer are 
    approximately $25, and for systems serving more than 10,000 people are 
    $2,000 per system.
        Assessment Monitoring. EPA estimates that the average annual labor 
    and non-labor costs of Assessment Monitoring for the 11 contaminants on 
    List 1 are: EPA--$3.1 million, with $2.1 million for testing costs for 
    the national representative sample; States--$461,500; Systems serving 
    10,000 or fewer people --$17,340; Systems serving greater than 10,000 
    persons--$4.8 million. The total national average annual cost, on this 
    basis, is approximately $8.4 million. Average annual costs per system 
    for systems serving 10,000 or fewer are approximately $22 per system 
    and for systems serving greater than 10,000 persons are $1,730 per 
    system. (Note that the total State cost is the same in the Assessment 
    Monitoring program as it is in the Full Program. There would be some 
    cost reductions to the States if no Screening Surveys or Pre-Screen 
    Testing were conducted. However, these reductions would be minor since 
    the majority of State UCMR activities will be necessary under the 
    Assessment Monitoring component of the UCMR program. With Screening 
    Survey and Pre-Screen Testing activities, States will need to manage 
    some data additional to that generated by Assessment Monitoring 
    activities. EPA estimates that, at most, Screening Survey and Pre-
    Screen Testing will account for 10 to 15 percent of State program 
    costs. Thus, this estimate for the State Assessment Monitoring cost is 
    conservative.)
        Averaging costs over the entire cycle is not necessarily 
    representative of peak costs, however. The majority of monitoring (and 
    thus cost) is assumed to occur over a three-year time frame, allowing 
    for follow-up work, data review, reporting and analysis. EPA peak year 
    costs (e.g., during the 3 core years of Assessment Monitoring, 
    primarily for the representative sample) are projected to be $4.7 
    million per year for the full program and $3.7 million for Assessment 
    Monitoring only. Systems serving over 10,000 persons are projected to 
    have peak year costs of about $9.5 million for the full program and 
    $8.0 million for Assessment Monitoring only.
    
    B. Net Costs
    
        The net costs of the revised program were estimated by comparing 
    the new program costs (stated above) with estimated costs for the 
    existing program (baseline). The standard labor rates and activities 
    that were used above were also used for estimating the burden of the 
    existing program. For comparative purposes, the same water system 
    inventory numbers were used. Complete UCMR program implementation was 
    assumed. As a simplifying assumption, all systems serving over 500 
    people were assumed to conduct the monitoring during the same five-year 
    interval. The existing regulation did not require systems serving 150 
    or fewer service connections to monitor for unregulated contaminants 
    unless requested to do so by the State. Data in the unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring information system suggest that States required 
    about one third of systems serving 500 or fewer people to monitor; 
    thus, one-third were included in the estimates. The other significant 
    difference is in the list of contaminants.
        The existing regulation requires monitoring of the 48 chemicals 
    included in Table 1 of the Preamble. (While 14 of the chemicals in 
    Table 1 were discretionary and not always included in the monitoring, 
    their associated costs are derived from the same analytical method as 
    required for the other unregulated contaminants and the regulated VOCs. 
    Hence, they do not make a substantive difference in the cost 
    estimates.) While there are more contaminants analyzed under the 
    existing rule than under the proposed UCMR, monitoring requirements for 
    the existing UCM program are derived from fewer analytical methods, and 
    all are derived from standard methods used for routine compliance 
    samples.
        The proposed UCMR compared to the existing UCM Program--given the 
    above assumptions and a full proposed UCMR implementation over five 
    years--results in an estimated $35.8 million in savings to systems 
    serving 10,000 or fewer. Annual per (small) system costs for those 
    systems that participate in UCMR monitoring will be reduced by 
    approximately $190 per year. Small systems will realize this savings 
    because under the proposed program, none will be required to cover the 
    cost of analysis for the unregulated chemicals (as many do under the 
    existing program). Only those systems that are part of the national 
    representative sample will incur any costs, and those costs will be 
    labor costs only. Under full UCMR implementation, large system costs 
    are increased by almost $14.0 million, primarily due to the increase in 
    laboratory analytical costs. Annual per system costs for large systems 
    are increased by approximately $1,000 per year under the UCM Program.
        Baseline cost to the States is estimated to be $7.5 million over 
    the analogous monitoring cycle of 2001 to 2005, plus year 2000 start-up 
    costs. The total savings to States under the UCMR is estimated to be 
    $5.2 million. For States, this savings is attributed to a decrease in 
    required labor. States will be collecting and reporting monitoring data 
    from many fewer water systems since only a representative sample of 
    systems serving 10,000 or fewer people will be involved in the UCMR. 
    EPA costs of running the existing program are estimated at $1.9 million 
    for the analogous monitoring cycle of 2001 to 2005, plus start-up 
    costs. EPA costs are significantly increased under the UCMR, primarily 
    because, as proposed, it will fund all small system UCMR sample 
    shipping and analytical costs.
        EPA notes that reductions in costs can also be attributed to the 
    ``Suspension of Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Requirements for 
    Small Public Water Systems (Direct Final Rule)'' (Federal Register, 
    January 8, 1999), which is being issued in conjunction with the UCMR. 
    The Direct Final Rule cancels the monitoring requirements (for systems 
    serving less than 10,000 people) for another round of the existing list 
    of unregulated contaminants, beginning January 1, 1999. This 
    cancellation is being issued because monitoring for the existing 
    contaminants would overlap with monitoring for the revised program. 
    Approximately two-thirds of systems serving between 3,300 and 10,000 
    will save the costs of monitoring under the existing program (e.g., 
    monitoring costs in 1999 and 2000) by the action of the Direct Final 
    Rule, resulting an approximate system savings of $5.3 million.
    
    C. Benefits
    
        The revised Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation has 
    significant burden reductions, particularly for small public water 
    systems. The original Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Program, 
    initiated in 1988, required that all community water systems (CWSs)
    
    [[Page 23440]]
    
    monitor for the 48 contaminants listed in Table 1. The States had the 
    authority to waive monitoring for systems serving150 or fewer service 
    connections (although these systems were required to be available for 
    monitoring under the regulation). Analysis of this first round of data 
    (1988-1993) indicates that well over 25,000 public water systems are 
    involved in the existing unregulated contaminant monitoring program. 
    This revised program will involve only 3,574 systems: 2,774 large 
    systems and up to 800 small systems in the nationally representative 
    sample (or possibly up to 950 small systems, depending on the selection 
    of the 150 most vulnerable systems for Pre-Screen Testing and the 
    extent that they would overlap with the 800 systems in the national 
    representative sample). Thus, many fewer systems will be required to 
    monitor than in the past.
        Additionally, for systems that will be regulated, fewer 
    contaminants will be monitored; the number of contaminants are reduced 
    by the UCMR rule from the current 48 to not more than 30. EPA will pay 
    for the costs of the testing for the national representative sample, so 
    that each small system selected will have minimal burden. EPA will not 
    pay for the small system costs for collecting the samples and 
    contacting the sample shipping service to pick up the samples. EPA 
    anticipates that it will manage the laboratory testing program for 
    these systems, minimizing time that the PWS will need to interact with 
    the laboratories. Also, the laboratories contracted to perform the 
    analyses will provide electronic reporting services for the small 
    systems that do not have this capability. Thus, even those 800 small 
    systems that are involved will have substantially reduced costs, 
    compared to the past.
        In considering the full program, cost savings can also be 
    attributed to the use of the small sample numbers for the Screening 
    Survey and Pre-Screen Testing. The Screening Survey of only 300 systems 
    (across all sizes), and the Pre-Screen Testing of up to 200 systems 
    (across all sizes), will allow statistical and targeted approaches to 
    be applied to emerging contaminants. These early screening approaches 
    will help to determine whether contaminants are occurring in public 
    water systems and whether they should be included in future Assessment 
    Monitoring in the subsequent contaminant sampling cycle. These steps, 
    in place of an approach applying Assessment Monitoring for all 30 
    contaminants at all monitored systems, is projected to save over $50 
    million per year in future Assessment Monitoring costs for large 
    systems and the EPA.
        States will also see a reduction in burden. A substantial portion 
    of State burden is related to the number of systems it must manage in a 
    program. Even though there are some new elements to the revised UCMR, a 
    burden reduction is apparent because there are significantly fewer 
    systems involved, and thus a reduction in required oversight activity 
    (e.g., record keeping, system notification).
        Currently, twelve data elements must be reported with each sample. 
    In the proposed rule, a net increase of eight new data elements (for a 
    total of 20) will be required in reporting; the additional elements are 
    included to make the data more useful for analysis. The additional 
    burden to systems and States is minimal, however. Most of the 
    additional elements would be provided by the laboratory, and many of 
    these elements are already routinely recorded by laboratories. To date, 
    EPA has not required that these additional elements be sent on to the 
    State or EPA. The addition of data elements will not present an 
    inordinate burden on the States or systems.
        Database modifications will be minimal, since most States have 
    electronic reporting. EPA plans to provide training to States on the 
    review and interpretation of this data. Electronic reporting will 
    facilitate minimal additional reporting burden. Once States have 
    established electronic quality control of the data reported, State 
    quality control review will also be minimal.
        The long-term benefits of the revised unregulated contaminant 
    monitoring regulation and program are:
        1. Contaminants that do not have significant occurrence in drinking 
    or source water will be identified early which will enable evaluations 
    and decisions to minimize further monitoring and other resources 
    otherwise committed to those contaminants;
        2. Contaminants that do have significant occurrence will trigger 
    additional research on health effects and treatment, as soon as 
    practical, to protect the health of persons that may be sensitive to 
    them; and
        3. Use of a representative sample of small systems (which comprise 
    the majority of public water systems), can provide a scientifically 
    sound, statistically valid data set that can be used for improved 
    analysis and program decisions at a reduced cost.
    
    VII. Performance-Based Measurement System
    
        In the near future, the Agency plans to implement a performance-
    based measurement system (PBMS) that would allow the option of either 
    (A) using reference methods in its drinking water regulatory programs 
    or (B) demonstrating and documenting ``performance criteria.'' PBMS 
    would specify performance criteria or objectives that must be met for 
    an analytical method to be considered comparable to a reference method 
    and used broadly by other testing organizations and laboratories. As a 
    result, under PBMS, the requirement to use only Agency specified and 
    approved methods for SDWA regulatory programs would be removed, except 
    for certain method-defined contaminants (e.g., such as Total Coliform 
    and asbestos), and for data gathering prospective to regulation, such 
    as the contaminants in this proposed rule.
        As noted above, many of the contaminants of interest for the 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring (UCM) program can be classified as 
    ``emerging'' and thus do not have existing reference methods, much 
    less, performance criteria to describe such methods. The unregulated 
    contaminant monitoring program will enable development of a reference 
    method and performance criteria, as well as collect information about 
    contaminant occurrence. While EPA has gathered single-matrix, multi-
    laboratory data for the chemical contaminants on the UCM list, 
    monitoring conducted by PWSs would provide additional multi-matrix, 
    multi-laboratory data needed to develop the performance criteria 
    necessary to implement PBMS for contaminants selected for standards 
    setting in future regulations. The UCM testing is designed to develop 
    performance criteria that would be proposed with the MCL, monitoring 
    requirements, etc. for the contaminant. For these reasons, the Agency 
    is proposing to specify the method to be used for UCM testing. Once a 
    contaminant proceeds to standards development as an NPDWR, EPA should 
    have sufficient data and method development information to be able to 
    propose both a validated reference method as well as associated 
    performance criteria, either of which could be used for compliance 
    monitoring of the contaminant under PBMS.
    
    VIII. Solicitation of Public Comment
    
        EPA solicits public comment on all aspects of this proposed 
    regulation and its preamble. EPA knows that the public
    
    [[Page 23441]]
    
    comment period (45 days) is shorter than normal because of the 
    statutory deadline. Commenters should know that for this same reason, 
    no extension of the public comment period will be granted.
    
    IX. Administrative Requirements
    
    A. Executive Order 12866--Regulatory Planning and Review
    
        Under Executive Order 12866, (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), the 
    Agency must determine whether the regulatory action is ``significant'' 
    and therefore subject to OMB review and the requirements of the 
    Executive Order. The Order defines ``significant regulatory action'' as 
    one that is likely to result in a rule that may:
        (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or 
    adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the 
    economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public 
    health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or 
    communities;
        (2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an 
    action taken or planned by another agency;
        (3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, 
    user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients 
    thereof; or
        (4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal 
    mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in 
    the Executive Order.'' Pursuant to the terms of Executive Order 12866, 
    it has been determined that this rule is a ``significant regulatory 
    action.'' As such, this action was submitted to OMB for review. Changes 
    made in response to OMB suggestions or recommendations will be 
    documented in the public record.
    
    B. Executive Order 13045--Protection of Children From Environmental 
    Health Risks and Safety Risks
    
        Executive Order 13045, ``Protection of Children from Environmental 
    Health Risks and Safety Risks'' (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997), applies 
    to any rule that (1) is determined to be ``economically significant'' 
    as defined under E.O. 12866, and (2) concerns an environmental health 
    or safety risk that EPA has reason to believe may have a 
    disproportionate effect on children. If the regulatory action meets 
    both criteria, the Agency must evaluate the environmental health or 
    safety effects of the planned rule on children, and explain why the 
    planned regulation is preferable to other potentially effective and 
    reasonably feasible alternatives considered by the Agency.
        This proposed rule is part of the Agency's overall strategy for 
    deciding whether to regulate the contaminants identified on the 
    Contaminant Candidate List (63 FR 10273). The purpose of today's 
    proposed rule is to ensure that EPA has data on the occurrence of 
    contaminants on the CCL where those data are lacking. EPA is also 
    taking steps to ensure that the Agency will have data on the health 
    effects of these contaminants on children through its research program. 
    The Agency will use these data--both contaminant occurrence and health 
    effects--to decide whether or not to regulate any of these 
    contaminants.
        This proposed rule is not subject to E.O. 13045 because it is not 
    economically significant as defined in E.O. 12866 and it does not 
    establish environmental standards intended to mitigate health or safety 
    risks. For the most part, this rule only establishes procedures for 
    monitoring of unregulated contaminants on the Agency's Contaminant 
    Candidate List. However, given EPA's interest in protecting children's 
    health, as part of the provisions in the rule allowing State governors 
    to petition EPA to add contaminants to the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring List, EPA is specifically asking Governors to include any 
    information that might be available regarding disproportional risks to 
    the health or safety of children. Such information would help inform 
    EPA's decision making regarding future lists.
    
    C. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
    
        Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Pub. 
    L. 104-4, establishes requirements for Federal agencies to assess the 
    effects of their regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal 
    governments and the private sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA, EPA 
    generally must prepare a written statement, including a cost-benefit 
    analysis, for proposed and final rules with ``Federal mandates'' that 
    may result in expenditures to State, local, and tribal governments, in 
    the aggregate, or to the private sector, of $100 million or more in any 
    one year. Before promulgating an EPA rule for which a written statement 
    is needed, section 205 of the UMRA generally requires EPA to identify 
    and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives and adopt 
    the least costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative 
    that achieves the objectives of the rule. The provisions of section 205 
    do not apply when they are inconsistent with applicable law. Moreover, 
    section 205 allows EPA to adopt an alternative other than the least 
    costly, most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative if the 
    Administrator publishes with the final rule an explanation of why that 
    alternative was not adopted. Before EPA establishes any regulatory 
    requirements that may significantly or uniquely affect small 
    governments, including tribal governments, it must have developed under 
    section 203 of the UMRA a small government agency plan. The plan must 
    provide for notifying potentially affected small governments, enabling 
    officials of affected small governments to have meaningful and timely 
    input in the development of EPA regulatory proposals with significant 
    Federal intergovernmental mandates, and informing, educating, and 
    advising small governments on compliance with the regulatory 
    requirements.
        EPA has determined that this rule does not contain a Federal 
    mandate that may result in expenditures of $100 million or more for 
    State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or the private 
    sector in any one year. Potential annual costs of today's action for 
    small entities, including local and tribal governments, are $2.1 
    million for sample collection, shipping, testing and reporting for 
    Assessment Monitoring, of which EPA will pay 99 percent. Average annual 
    costs to States are projected to be $0.5 million for Assessment 
    Monitoring oversight and reporting (over the 5-year implementation 
    period). Thus, today's rule is not subject to the requirements of 
    section 202 and 205 of the UMRA.
        EPA has determined that this rule contains no regulatory 
    requirement that might significantly or uniquely affect small 
    governments because EPA will pay for the reasonable costs of sample 
    testing for the small public water systems required to sample and test 
    for unregulated contaminants under this rule, including those owned and 
    operated by small governments. While the covered small public water 
    systems will be required to participate in the unregulated contaminant 
    monitoring program, the most significant cost they would incur--the 
    testing of the samples--will be paid by EPA. The only costs that small 
    systems will pay would be the costs attributed to (1) the labor 
    associated with reading the regulations, guidance and instructions to 
    implement the monitoring requirements, (2) collecting the samples and 
    packing them for shipping to the laboratory (EPA will pay for 
    shipping), and (3) reporting and record keeping. Thus, today's rule is 
    not subject to the requirements of section 203 of UMRA.
    
    D. Paperwork Reduction Act
    
        The information collection requirements in this proposed rule have 
    been submitted for approval to the
    
    [[Page 23442]]
    
    Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction 
    Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. An Information Collection Request (ICR) 
    document has been prepared by EPA (ICR No. 1882.01), which presents 
    estimated costs and burdens for the 1999-2001 period. In addition, a 
    background cost document ``Burden and Cost Calculations for the 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation'' is attached as an 
    appendix to the ICR, and presents the estimated costs and burdens for 
    the first five-year cycle of the proposed rule. A copy of these may be 
    obtained from Sandy Farmer by mail at OP Regulatory Information 
    Division; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2137), 401 M St., SW., 
    Washington, DC 20460; by email at: farmer.sandy@epamail.epa.gov; or by 
    calling: (202) 260-2740. A copy may also be downloaded off the Internet 
    at: http://www.epa.gov/icr.
        The information proposed to be collected under a revised UCM 
    Regulation is to fulfill the statutory requirements of section 
    1445(a)(2) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended in 1996. The data 
    to be collected will describe the source water, location and UCMR test 
    results for samples taken from public water systems. The concentrations 
    of any identified UCMR contaminants will be evaluated regarding health 
    effects and will be considered for future regulation accordingly. 
    Reporting is mandatory. The data is not subject to confidentiality 
    protection.
        Burden is defined as the total time, effort, or financial resources 
    expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, or disclose or 
    provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time 
    needed to: review instructions; develop, acquire, install and utilize 
    technology and systems for the purposes of collecting, validating, 
    verifying, processing, maintaining, disclosing and providing 
    information; adjust the existing ways to comply with any previously 
    applicable instructions and requirements; train personnel to be able to 
    respond to a collection of information; search data sources; complete 
    and review the collection of information; and transmit or otherwise 
    disclose the information.
        The annual burden and cost estimates described below are for the 
    implementation assumptions described in Section VI, which include the 
    Assessment Monitoring, Screening Survey and Pre-Screen Testing 
    components of the UCMR Program. For this full UCMR Program, the 
    respondents to the UCMR are the 800 small water systems (in the 
    national representative sample of systems serving 10,000 or fewer 
    people), the 2,774 large public water systems, and the 56 States and 
    primacy agents (3,630 total respondents). (As noted, it is possible 
    that up to 150 additional small systems could be involved if all small 
    Pre-Screen Testing systems selected fall outside of the national 
    representative sample. Using an assumption of only 800 systems, 
    however, is a conservative, or worst case, assumption, when estimating 
    the burden and cost per system. Hence, this assumption is used in the 
    following estimates.) The frequency of response varies across 
    respondents and years. System costs, (particularly laboratory 
    analytical costs) vary depending on the number of entry or sampling 
    points. Small systems will sample and report an average of 3.4 times 
    over the 5-year implementation period. Large systems will sample and 
    report an average of 3.0 times over the 5-year implementation period. 
    On average, States will report quarterly. Over the UCMR Program cycle 
    of 2001-2005, the annual average per respondent burden hours and costs 
    are: small systems--1.2 hour burden at $25 per year; large systems--2.0 
    hours at $57, and $1,950 for analytical costs; and States--194 hours at 
    $7,740 for labor and $500 for non-labor. In aggregate, the average 
    respondent (e.g., small systems, large systems, and the States), incurs 
    an annual average burden and cost of 4.8 hours per respondent, with a 
    labor plus non-labor cost of $1,670 per respondent.
        Burden and cost per response for the total program are estimated to 
    be: for small systems--1.7 hour burden at $36 per response; large 
    systems--3.4 hours at $95 for labor, and $ 3,280 for analytical costs; 
    and States--40.3 hours at $1,700 for labor. In aggregate, the average 
    response (e.g., responses from small systems, large systems, and the 
    States) is associated with a burden of 7.0 hours, with a labor plus 
    non-labor cost of $2,460 per response.
        For Assessment Monitoring alone, the average burden and response 
    are only slightly less because there is only a subset of the same 
    systems involved in the Screening Survey and Pre-Screen sampling. In 
    summary, for the Assessment Monitoring respondents to the UCMR are the 
    800 small water systems (in the national representative sample), the 
    2,774 large public water systems, and the 56 States and primacy agents 
    (3,630 total respondents). The frequency of response varies across 
    respondents and years. Small systems will sample and report an average 
    of 3.0 times over the 5-year implementation period. Large systems will 
    sample and report an average of 2.9 times over the 5-year 
    implementation period. On average, States will report quarterly. Over 
    the UCMR program cycle of 2001-2005, the annual average per respondent 
    burden hours and costs are: Small systems--1.2 hour burden at $22 per 
    year; large systems--2.0 hours at $56, and $1,680 for analytical costs; 
    and States--194 hours at $7,740 for labor, and $500 for non-labor 
    costs. In aggregate, the average respondent (e.g., small systems, large 
    systems, and the States), incurs an annual average burden and cost of 
    4.7 hours per respondent, with a labor plus non-labor cost of $1,455 
    per respondent.
        Burden and cost per response for Assessment Monitoring only are 
    estimated to be: For small systems--1.7 hour burden at $36 per 
    response; large systems--3.4 hours at $96 for labor, and $2,840 for 
    analytical costs; and States--40.3 hours at $1,700 for labor. In 
    aggregate, the average response (e.g., responses from small systems, 
    large systems, and the States) is associated with a burden of 7.2 
    hours, with a labor plus non-labor cost of $2,210 per response.
        The Agency estimates the annual burden to EPA for total proposed 
    UCMR Program activities to be approximately 16,290 hours, at an annual 
    labor cost of $651,600. EPA's annual non-labor costs are estimated to 
    be $2.5 million for Assessment Monitoring only, or $ 3.4 million for 
    the total UCMR program (Assessment Monitoring, Screening Surveys, and 
    Pre-Screen Testing).
        Non-labor costs are primarily attributed to the cost of sample 
    testing for the 800 small systems. Annual burdens, as discussed, are 
    based on a 5-year monitoring cycle.
        An Agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required 
    to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a 
    currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for EPA's 
    regulations are listed in 40 CFR part 9 and 48 CFR Chapter 15. Comments 
    are requested on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy 
    of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for 
    minimizing respondent burden, including through the use of automated 
    collection techniques. Send comments on the ICR document to the 
    Director, OP Regulatory Information Division, U.S. Environmental 
    Protection Agency (2137), 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460, and to 
    the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management 
    and Budget, 725 17th St., NW., Washington, DC 20503, marked 
    ``Attention: Desk Officer for EPA.'' Include the ICR number in any 
    correspondence. Since OMB is required
    
    [[Page 23443]]
    
    to make a decision concerning the ICR between 30 and 60 days after 
    April 30, 1999, a comment to OMB is best assured of having its full 
    effect if OMB receives it by June 1, 1999. The final rule will respond 
    to any OMB or public comments on the information collection 
    requirements contained in this proposal.
    
    E. Regulatory Flexibility Act
    
        Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), as amended by the Small 
    Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA), EPA generally is 
    required to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis describing the 
    impact of the rule on small entities as part of rulemaking. However, 
    under section 605(b) of the RFA, if EPA certifies that the rule will 
    not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
    entities, EPA is not required to prepare a regulatory flexibility 
    analysis. Pursuant to section 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 
    5 U.S.C. 605(b) and for the reasons set forth below, the Administrator 
    certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on 
    a substantial number of small entities.
        For purposes of RFA analyses for SDWA rulemakings, the Agency 
    defines small entities as systems serving 10,000 or fewer customers. 
    Because this is the system size category specified in SDWA as requiring 
    special consideration with respect to small system flexibility, EPA 
    established systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons an alternative 
    small entity definition for SDWA drinking water rules for the purposes 
    of regulatory flexibility analysis. This alternative definition was 
    established for all drinking water rules in the Consumer Confidence 
    Reports rulemaking (63 FR 44511-44536 (August 19, 1998)). EPA also 
    consulted with the Small Business Administration about the alternative 
    definition as it relates to small businesses. For further information 
    on the establishment of this definition of small entities, see the 
    referenced Federal Register notice.
        EPA has determined that the UCMR will affect small water utilities, 
    since it is applicable to a subset of small community and non-transient 
    noncommunity water systems. However, the systems impacted limited to a 
    representative sample of approximately 800 small public water systems 
    serving 10,000 or fewer persons, or 1.2 percent of systems serving 
    10,000 or fewer persons. These systems will be required to conduct 
    monitoring, as specified in the UCMR (i.e., collect and prepare samples 
    for shipping). EPA will assume all costs for testing of the samples and 
    for shipping the samples from these systems to specific certified 
    laboratories located throughout the United States. EPA has set aside $2 
    million from the State Revolving Fund (SRF) in Fiscal Years 1998 and 
    1999, and plans to do so into the future with its authority to set 
    aside SRF monies for the purposes of implementing this provision of 
    SDWA.
        EPA has estimated the impact of the proposed rule and concludes 
    that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a 
    substantial number of small entities. The rationale for this conclusion 
    is that EPA plans to pay the full costs of shipping and testing samples 
    for small systems and does not plan, under any scenario, to ask systems 
    to pay these costs. (The costs to these systems will be limited to the 
    labor hours associated with collecting a sample and preparing it for 
    shipping.) EPA will seek to implement an optimum and scientifically 
    credible UCM program that will provide a firm basis for future 
    regulatory decisions.
        As noted, it is possible that up to 150 additional small systems 
    could be involved in the unlikely event that all small Pre-Screen 
    Testing systems selected fall outside of the national representative 
    sample. Using an assumption of only 800 systems involved, however, is a 
    conservative, or worst case, assumption, when estimating the burden and 
    cost per system; i.e., this allocates the total cost and burden of the 
    full implementation over 800 systems versus 950 systems. Hence, this 
    assumption is used in the following estimates.
        EPA evaluated the cost to small entities under two scenarios. Under 
    either scenario, EPA will assume the cost of shipping and testing 
    samples for small systems. The ``full implementation'' scenario assumes 
    full funding from funds set aside from the Drinking Water SRF through 
    the year 2005. The ``limited implementation'' scenario assumes that EPA 
    will fund the costs of the testing with the funds already set aside for 
    this program. Under either scenario, this rule will not have a 
    significant economic impact on a substantial number or small entities. 
    Accordingly, EPA certifies that this rule will not have a significant 
    impact on a substantial number of small entities. Cost summaries for 
    both scenarios are provided below.
    
    Full Implementation Scenario
    
        EPA analyzed the small entity impact for privately-owned and 
    publicly-owned entities separately due to the different economic 
    characteristics of these ownership types. For publicly-owned systems, 
    EPA used the ``revenue test'', which compares annual system costs 
    attributed to the rule to the system's annual revenues. EPA used a 
    ``sales test'' for privately-owned systems which involves the analogous 
    comparison of UCMR-related costs to a privately-owned system's sales. 
    EPA assumes that the distribution of the national representative sample 
    of small systems will reflect the proportions of publicly-and 
    privately-owned systems in the national inventory. The estimated 
    distribution of the representative sample, categorized by ownership 
    type, source water, and system size, is presented below in Table 10.
    
           Table 10.--Number of Publicly- and Privately-Owned Systems To Participate in Assessment Monitoring
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Publicly-owned systems          Privately-owned systems
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------   Total--all
              Size category              Non-index                       Non-index                        systems
                                          systems      Index systems      systems      Index systems
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  GROUND WATER SYSTEMS
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...................              20               1              76               2              99
    501 to 3,300....................             159               6              72               3             240
    3,301 to 10,000.................             158               7              44               2             211
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Subtotal Ground.............             337              14             192               7             550
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  SURFACE WATER SYSTEMS
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...................               3               0               8               0              11
    
    [[Page 23444]]
    
     
    501 to 3,300....................              56               2              25               1              84
    3,301 to 10,000.................             116               5              33               1             155
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Subtotal Surface............             175               7              66               2             250
                                     ===============================================================================
        Total.......................             512              21             258               9             800
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The basis for the UCMR RFA certification under full UCMR 
    implementation is as follows: the average annual compliance costs of 
    the rule represent less than one percent of revenues/sales for the 800 
    small water systems that will be affected. The EPA estimates that 
    Agency and system costs for implementing small system sampling for the 
    full UCMR program (2001-2005) will be approximately $15.1 million. 
    Since the Agency specifically structured the rule to avoid 
    significantly impacting a substantial number of small entities by 
    assuming all costs for laboratory analyses, shipping, and quality 
    control for small entities, EPA costs comprise approximately 99 percent 
    ($15.0 million) of the total costs. (Note that EPA's contribution to 
    the small system program is assumed to include all small system 
    analytical and shipping costs, as well as all non-labor program support 
    costs.) Table 11 presents the annual costs to small systems and to EPA 
    for the small system sampling program, along with the number of 
    participating small systems during each of the five years of the 
    program.
    
                        Table 11.--EPA Costs for Small Systems Under Full Implementation of UCMR
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            2004 (AM for
        Cost description \1\        2001 (AM)    2002 (AM &    2003 (AM &   Index only &    2005 (AM        Total
                                                    SS1)          SS2)          PST)       Index only)
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Costs to EPA for Small System Program (including Assessment Monitoring, Screening Survey, and Pre-Screen
      Testing): quality assurance, ongoing coordination, data analysis, analytical costs, shipping costs, and costs
                      for contractor site visits to small Index and Pre-Screen Testing systems \2\
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    $3,392,183    $3,538,029    $3,533,202    $3,814,617      $752,537   $15,030,568
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Costs to Small Systems (including Assessment Monitoring, Screening Survey, and Pre-Screen Testing): additional
                                     labor for monitoring or monitoring assistance
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        27,871        26,915        26,915        15,116         2,499        99,316
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Total Costs to EPA and Small Systems for UCMR
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     3,420,054     3,564,944     3,560,117     3,829,733       755,036   $15,129,884
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Number of Systems to be Monitoring each Year: Non-Index and Index in 2001-2003, Index only in 2004-2005 \3\
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Public......................           191           191           191           107            21           533
    Private.....................            96            96            95            81             9           267
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total...................           287           287           286           188            30          800
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ AM = Assessment Monitoring; SS1 and SS2 = Screening Surveys Years One and Two; PST = Pre-Screen Testing.
    \2\ EPA costs during the year 2001 include some start-up costs that may actually be incurred during the year
      2000.
    \3\ Total number of systems is 800. All 30 Index systems sample during each year 2001-2005. One-third of Non-
      Index systems sample during each year from 2001-2003. A total of 180 small systems conduct Screening Surveys
      during each year, 2002 and 2003. 158 small systems conduct the Pre-Screen Testing during 2004. The rows do not
      add across, because the same 30 Index systems sample during every year of 5-year implementation cycle, and
      because the Screening Survey systems are a subset of the original sample of 800 systems (e.g., they are
      conducting multiple types of sampling). Pre-Screen Testing systems may or may not be a subset of the original
      800 Assessment Monitoring systems.
    
        System costs are attributed to the additional labor required for 
    reading State letters, monitoring, reporting, and record keeping. 
    Assuming that systems will efficiently conduct UCMR sampling (e.g., 
    coincident with other required monitoring), the estimated average 
    annual per system labor burden for full UCMR implementation will be: 
    $17 (0.8 hours) for ground water systems; and $31 (1.3 hours) for 
    surface water systems. In total, ground water and surface water systems 
    average 1.2 hour of burden per year with an average annual cost of $25. 
    Average annual cost, in all cases, is less than 0.3 percent of system 
    revenues/sales. Therefore, as stated above, the Administrator certifies 
    that this proposed rule, as funded by EPA, will not have a significant 
    economic impact on small entities. Tables 11a and 11b below present the 
    estimated economic impacts in the form of revenue/sales tests for 
    publicly- and privately-owned systems.
    
    [[Page 23445]]
    
    
    
                                 Table 12a.--UCMR Full Implementation Scenario: Analysis for Publicly-Owned Systems (2001-2005)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Annual number of systems  Average annual hours per   Average annual cost per    ``Revenue test'' \2\
                                                            impacted \1\           system (2001-2005)        system (2001-2005)    -------------------------
                       System size                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Percent of                                                       Non-index      Index
                                                         Number     U.S. total   Non-index      Index      Non-index      Index      (percent)    (percent)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      GROUND WATER SYSTEMS
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...................................          5.8         0.01          0.8          3.0       $10.99       $42.78         0.07         0.26
    501 to 3,300....................................         41.4         0.34          0.8          3.8        11.44        54.38         0.01         0.05
    3,301 to 10,000.................................         42.5         1.77          1.0          4.6        29.29       128.80         0.01         0.03
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      SURFACE WATER SYSTEMS
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...................................          2.3         0.12          2.9          0.0        42.49         0.00         0.15         0.00
    501 to 3,300....................................         17.9         0.98          1.6          5.2        22.66        75.40         0.01         0.04
    3,301 to 10,000.................................         30.5         3.03          1.3          5.0        35.28       140.00         0.00         0.02
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Calculated as \1/5\ of the Non-Index sample, plus all Index systems for each year from 2001-2005; actual sampling for Non-Index systems takes place
      over three years, while that of Index systems occurs over each of five years. Since Screening Survey systems are a subset of the Assessment Monitoring
      systems, this does not affect the average annual number of systems (e.g., these systems are conducting monitoring for two components of the UCM
      Program at the same time).
    \2\ The ``Revenue Test'' was used to evaluate the economic impact of an information collection on small government entities (e.g., publicly-owned
      systems); costs are presented as a percentage of median annual revenue in each size category.
    
    
                                 Table 12b.--UCMR Full Implementation Scenario: Analysis for Privately-Owned Systems (2001-2005)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Annual number of systems  Average annual hours per   Average annual cost per       Sales test \2\
                                                            impacted \1\           system (2001-2005)      system (2001-2005) \1\  -------------------------
                       System size                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Percent of                                                       Non-index      Index
                                                         Number     U.S. total   Non-index      Index      Non-Index      Index      (percent)    (percent)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      GROUND WATER SYSTEMS
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...................................         21.4         0.05          0.8          3.0        10.99        42.78         0.07         0.27
    501 to 3,300....................................         18.8         0.15          0.8          3.8        11.44        54.38         0.01         0.05
    3,301 to 10,000.................................         11.9         0.50          1.0          4.6        29.29       128.80         0.00         0.02
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      SURFACE WATER SYSTEMS
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...................................          6.5         0.34          2.9          0.0        42.49         0.00         0.19         0.00
    501 to 3,300....................................          8.1         0.45          1.6          5.2        22.66        75.40         0.01         0.05
    3,301 to 10,000.................................          8.5         0.85          1.3          5.0        35.28       140.00         0.01         0.02
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Calculated as \1/5\ of the Non-Index sample, plus all Index systems for each year from 2001-2005; actual sampling for Non-Index systems takes place
      over three years, while that of Index systems occurs over each of five years. Since Screening Survey systems are a subset of the Assessment Monitoring
      systems, this does not affect the average annual number of systems (e.g., these systems are conducting monitoring for two components of the UCM
      Program at the same time).
    \2\ The ``Sales Test'' was used to evaluate the economic impact of an information collection on small private entities (e.g., privately-owned systems);
      costs are presented as a percentage of median annual sales in each size category.
    
    Limited Implementation Scenario
    
        Despite the expected $2 million per year budget, EPA recognizes 
    that funding levels vary from year to year and thus cannot guarantee 
    the precise amount that will ultimately be available to implement its 
    UCM program (although a considerable portion of those funds are 
    currently on hand). In the event that an amount commensurate with 
    funding the optimal UCM program (in terms of numbers of small systems 
    sampled and numbers of contaminants analyzed) may not be available, the 
    Agency will adjust the UCM program to accommodate the available funds. 
    This adjustment may necessitate use of relatively fewer sample sites, 
    testing of fewer contaminants, or both. EPA would use a random number 
    generator select a representative sample of systems that would 
    accommodate the available funds.
        While the Agency considers the scenario of no additional funding to 
    be unlikely, EPA also evaluated the scenario of ``current funds only'' 
    for purposes of this RFA analysis. This ``current available funds'' 
    scenario is the case in which EPA would receive no further funding for 
    small system testing beyond the $4 million that is currently set aside 
    from the State Revolving Funds from Federal Fiscal Years 1998 and 1999. 
    EPA anticipates funding this program such that no small system would 
    incur testing costs as intended in the legislation. Small systems would 
    only be responsible for taking the sample. By analyzing small system 
    impact under such a scenario, EPA can demonstrate that, regardless of 
    funding levels, this rule will not have a significant economic impact 
    on a substantial number of small entities. Given the flexibility of the 
    proposed rule, EPA can ensure defensible results, balanced with 
    available funding.
        In the optimal anticipated program, the sample of 800 systems is 
    derived by applying a 99 percent confidence level, with 1 percent error 
    tolerance. To accommodate a $4 million budget, the representative 
    sample of small systems would be reduced to approximately 390 systems. 
    Although this smaller sample size would be less rigorous than the 
    anticipated sample of 800 systems, the sample error would still remain 
    within a range of plus or minus 5 percent. These 390 systems would 
    incur only labor costs for collecting and packing
    
    [[Page 23446]]
    
    the samples, while EPA would pay the shipping and testing costs for 
    these samples.
        With the currently available $4 million, EPA will be able to fund 
    approximately 48 percent of the planned Assessment Monitoring program 
    for small systems. To estimate the costs under this scenario, it is 
    assumed that only the Assessment Monitoring component of UCMR would be 
    implemented. It is also assumed that the smaller representative sample 
    would be allocated across system size categories in the same 
    proportions as those in the sample of 800 systems, with ten of these 
    systems being Index sites, as seen below in Table 13. Furthermore, 
    preparations for the Screening Surveys, Pre-Screen Testing, and future 
    UCMR cycles are assumed to be dropped, since with limited funds, 
    current implementation would take precedence over planning for further 
    monitoring. Finally, for the cost analysis of this current funds 
    scenario, it is assumed that the national representative sample will 
    reflect the proportions of publicly-and privately-owned systems in the 
    national inventory of public water systems.1 Because EPA's 
    statistical approach utilizes a random selection process for systems in 
    the national representative sample, publicly--and privately-owned 
    systems should be selected in the same proportions for that sample as 
    they occur in set of all community and non-transient, noncommunity 
    water systems in the nation.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\ Publicly- and privately-owned systems allocations are 
    estimated using data from the 1995 Community Water System Survey. 
    Publicly owned systems are those that are owned by a city, town, 
    township, village, municipal government, State or federal 
    government, or any other publicly-owned or operated system. 
    Privately-owned systems include those owned by private investors or 
    homeowners' associations.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The Agency is concerned that a reduced sample size will reduce the 
    statistical likelihood that the observed contaminant occurrence levels 
    will be representative of actual occurrence across the nation. Because 
    of this, the Agency will actively pursue funding for the full program 
    described in this Preamble.
    
     Table 13.--Number of Publicly- and Privately-Owned Systems To Participate in Assessment Monitoring, for Limited
                                                    Funding Program 1
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Publicly- owned systems         Privately-owned systems
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------   Total--all
              Size category              Non-index                       Non-index                        systems
                                          systems      Index systems      systems      Index systems
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  GROUND WATER SYSTEMS
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...................              11               0              38               1              50
    501 to 3,300....................              80               2              36               1             119
    3,301 to 10,000.................              79               2              22               1             104
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Subtotal Ground.............             170               4              96               3             273
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  SURFACE WATER SYSTEMS
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...................               1               0               4               0               5
    501 to 3,300....................              28               1              13               0              42
    3,301 to 10,000.................              58               2              16               0              76
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Subtotal Surface............              87               3              33               0             123
                                     ===============================================================================
        Total.......................             257               7             129               3            396
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ The Limited Funding Program assumes that the only funds available to run the program are those that are
      currently in hand--$4 million of set aside funds from Federal Fiscal Years 1998 and 1999. This is a ``worst
      case'' funding scenario.
    
        Under the limited funding scenario, EPA costs for Assessment 
    Monitoring would primarily be incurred from 2001 to 2003. Systems are 
    assumed to sample during one year of the three-year period, with one-
    third of systems sampling during each year. However, Index systems are 
    assumed to monitor during each of the three Assessment Monitoring 
    years. The distribution of costs to EPA and small systems over the 
    entire five years is presented below in Table 14.
    
                           Table 14.--EPA Costs for Small Systems--Limited $4 million Program
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Cost description            2001          2002          2003          2004          2005          Total
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Costs to EPA for Assessment Monitoring Program: Quality assurance, ongoing coordination, data analysis,
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    $1,367,947    $1,082,341    $1,082,341      $280,422      $186,948    $3,999,999
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Costs to Small Systems (Assessment Monitoring): Including additional labor for monitoring or monitoring
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        13,405        11,756        11,756             0             0        36,917
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Total Costs to EPA and Small Systems for Assessment Monitoring
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1,381,352     1,094,097     1,094,097       280,422       186,948     4,036,916
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    [[Page 23447]]
    
     
                  Number of Systems each Year: Assessment Monitoring and Index Systems in 2001-2003 \1\
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Public......................            92            92            92             0             0           264
    Private.....................            46            46            46             0             0           132
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total...................           138           138           138             0             0           396
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Rows do not add across because the 10 Index systems sample during each year 2001-2003. One-third of Non-
      Index systems sample during each year from 2001-2003.
    
        Under this limited $4 million program, EPA costs represent 
    approximately 98 percent of the national cost for the small system 
    sampling program. As in full UCMR implementation, small system costs 
    are attributed to the additional labor required for reading State 
    letter, monitoring, reporting, and record keeping. It is estimated that 
    under the limited program (e.g., Assessment Monitoring only), the 
    average annual per system labor burden will be: $15 (0.7 hours) for 
    ground water systems; and $27 (1.26 hours) for surface water systems. 
    In total, ground water and surface water systems average 0.9 hours of 
    burden per year, with an average annual cost of $19. System burdens 
    here are lower than in the full implementation scenario primarily 
    because no Screening Surveys or Pre-Screen Testing will occur under 
    this scenario.
        Through revenue and sales tests, determinations of economic impact 
    are presented below in Tables 14a and 14b, respectively. Under this 
    limited $4 million program, systems will be subject to less required 
    monitoring than in the full UCMR program. For both full UCMR 
    implementation and the limited funding scenario, average annual cost is 
    in all cases lower than 1 percent of annual sales/revenues. Thus, even 
    in this worst case, limited implementation scenario, EPA certifies that 
    this proposed rule would not impose a significant economic impact on 
    small entities.
    
                                Table 15a.--UCMR Limited Implementation Scenario: Analysis for Publicly-Owned Systems (2001-2005)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Annual number of systems  Average annual hours per   Average annual cost per    ``Revenue Test'' \2\
                                                            impacted \1\           system (2001-2005)        system (2001-2005)             (percent)
                       System size                   --------------------------         (percent)        ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Percent of --------------------------
                                                         Number     U.S. total   Non-Index      Index      Non-Index      Index      Non-Index      Index
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      GROUND WATER SYSTEMS
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...................................          2.2         0.00          0.3          0.6        $4.48        $8.65         0.03         0.05
    501 to 3,300....................................         17.1         0.14          0.3          0.7         5.05         9.81         0.00         0.01
    3,301 to 10,000.................................         17.2         0.72          0.1          0.8         2.81        23.71         0.00         0.00
                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      SURFACE WATER SYSTEMS
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...................................          0.3         0.01          0.5          0.0        $7.97        $0.00         0.03         0.00
    501 to 3,300....................................          6.0         0.33          0.7          1.1        10.45        16.63         0.01         0.01
    3,301 to 10,000.................................         12.6         1.25          0.0          1.1         0.00        30.99         0.00         0.00
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Calculated as \1/5\ of publicly-owned Non-Index sample, plus all public Index systems for each year from 2001-2003; actual sampling for Non-Index
      takes place over three years, Index over each of three years.
    \2\ The ``Revenue Test'' was used to evaluate the economic impact of an information collection on small governments (e.g., publicly-owned systems);
      costs are presented as a percentage of median annual revenue in each size category.
    
    
                               Table 15b.--UCMR Limited Implementation Scenario: Analysis for Privately Owned Systems (2001-2005)
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Annual number of systems  Average annual hours per   Average annual cost per     ``Sales Test'' \2\
                                                            impacted \1\           system (2001-2005)      system (2001-2005) \1\           (percent)
                       System size                   --------------------------         (percent)        ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Percent of --------------------------
                                                         Number     U.S. total   Non-Index      Index      Non-Index      Index      Non-Index      Index
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      GROUND WATER SYSTEMS
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...................................          8.0         0.02          0.6          1.9        $8.06       $27.41         0.05         0.17
    501 to 3,300....................................          7.8         0.06          0.6          2.1         9.15        30.89         0.01         0.03
    3,301 to 10,000.................................          4.8         0.20          0.8          2.6        22.16        73.92         0.00         0.01
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      SURFACE WATER SYSTEMS
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    500 and under...................................          0.8         0.04          1.1          0.0       $15.41        $0.00         0.07         0.00
    501 to 3,300....................................          2.7         0.15          1.2          3.2        17.07        46.98         0.01         0.03
    
    [[Page 23448]]
    
     
    3,301 to 10,000.................................          3.5         0.35          1.1          3.1        31.35        87.36         0.01         0.02
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\ Calculated as \1/5\ of the Non-Index sample, plus all Index systems for each year from 2001-2005; actual sampling for Non-Index systems takes place
      over three years, while that of Index systems occurs over each of three years.
    \2\ The ``Sales Test'' was used to evaluate the economic impact of an information collection on small private entities (e.g., privately-owned systems);
      costs are presented as a percentage of median annual sales in each size category.
    
    F. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
    
        Under Sec. 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and 
    Advancement Act (NTTAA), the Agency is required to use voluntary 
    consensus standards in its regulatory activities unless doing so would 
    be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary 
    consensus standards are technical standards (e.g., material 
    specifications, analytical methods, sampling procedures, business 
    practices, etc.) that are developed or adopted by voluntary consensus 
    standard bodies. Where available and potentially applicable voluntary 
    consensus standards are not used by EPA, the Act requires the Agency to 
    provide Congress, through the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), an 
    explanation of the reasons for not using such standards.
        In preparing this proposal, EPA searched for consensus methods and 
    the methods found were published by the three major voluntary consensus 
    method organizations, Standard Methods, AOAC International, and 
    American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), that would be 
    acceptable for compliance determinations under SDWA for the UCM List. 
    The voluntary consensus methods found are listed in preamble section 
    III.A.1.(c), Analytical Methods Applicable to the Monitoring List. For 
    the Assessment Monitoring portion of the proposed rule, EPA is 
    approving the use of all of the non-EPA analytical methods, adopted by 
    these voluntary consensus groups, that are applicable to the analyses 
    of these unregulated contaminants, when used in conjunction with the 
    required quality-control practices specified in the rule.
        For those chemical and microbiological parameters not included in 
    the Assessment Monitoring portion of this proposal, EPA was unable to 
    find either an EPA or voluntary consensus method organization method 
    that was applicable to the monitoring required. In those cases where 
    the contaminant was listed in a consensus method organizations method, 
    the method either used technology that EPA believes is not consistent 
    with modern laboratory practices (large volume liquid-liquid acid base 
    neutral extractions, and packed column chromatography), or the 
    contaminant was subject to rapid degradation in samples stored under 
    the specified conditions. Therefore, EPA is conducting the methods 
    development necessary to establish acceptable methods for the 
    determination of these parameters.
        EPA welcomes comments on this aspect of the proposed rulemaking 
    and, specifically invites the public to identify potentially applicable 
    voluntary consensus standards and to explain why such standards should 
    be used in this regulation.
    
    G. Executive Order 12898--Federal Actions to Address Environmental 
    Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations
    
        Executive Order 12898, ``Federal Actions to Address Environmental 
    Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations'' (February 
    11, 1994), focuses federal attention on the environmental and human 
    health conditions of minority populations and low-income populations 
    with the goal of achieving environmental protection for all 
    communities.
        By seeking to identify unregulated contaminants that may pose 
    health risks via drinking water from all Public Water Systems, the 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring regulation furthers the protection 
    of public health for all citizens, including minority and low-income 
    populations using public water supplies. Using a statistically-derived 
    set of systems for the national representative sample that is 
    population-weighted within each system size category in each State, the 
    proposed rule ensures that no group within the population is under 
    represented.
    
    H. Executive Order 12875--Enhancing Intergovernmental Partnerships
    
        Under Executive Order 12875, EPA may not issue a regulation that is 
    not required by statute and that creates a mandate upon a State, local 
    or tribal government, unless the Federal government provides the funds 
    necessary to pay the direct compliance costs incurred by those 
    governments or EPA consults with those governments. If EPA complies by 
    consulting, Executive Order 12875 requires EPA to provide to the Office 
    of Management and Budget a description of the extent of EPA's prior 
    consultation with representatives of affected State, local and tribal 
    governments, the nature of their concerns, any written communications 
    from the governments, and a statement supporting the need to issue the 
    regulation. In addition, Executive Order 12875 requires EPA to develop 
    an effective process permitting elected officials and other 
    representatives of State, local and tribal governments ``to provide 
    meaningful and timely input in the development of regulatory proposals 
    containing significant unfunded mandates.''
        EPA has concluded that this rule will create a mandate on State, 
    local, and tribal governments and that the Federal government will not 
    provide the funds necessary to pay the full direct costs incurred by 
    these governments in complying with the mandate. However, EPA will pay 
    for the sample testing costs of small systems serving 10,000 or fewer 
    persons and has set aside funds in its budget to do so.
        EPA consulted with State, local, and tribal governments to enable 
    them to provide meaningful and timely input in the development of this 
    rule. Specifically, EPA received input through its public stakeholder 
    process from 21 States and eight large water systems serving more than 
    10,000 persons, as well as 62 other Federal, State and local government 
    agencies, non-profit organizations, and associations and industry who 
    attended
    
    [[Page 23449]]
    
    17 public meetings beginning in December 1996 and continuing through 
    June 1998, in Washington, DC. EPA announced five of these meetings in 
    the Federal Register to allow as broad as possible a representation at 
    these meetings, with the remaining meetings being topical meetings of 
    representatives from the public meetings. EPA also sent out nearly 400 
    targeted mailings directly to 360 tribes, tribal organizations, and 
    small water system organizations to ensure that they were informed of 
    the proposed rule's expected requirements and had an opportunity to 
    comment on these requirements. The principal concerns raised were that: 
    (1) EPA should fund the testing of samples from systems serving 10,000 
    or fewer persons, and that larger systems should provide their own 
    testing. (2) EPA should implement a monitoring program commensurate 
    with the information needed about and the analytical methods that could 
    reliably be used for the contaminants of concern. (3) EPA should 
    establish as full a list of 30 contaminants as possible to maximize the 
    use of the program. EPA believes this proposal fully addresses these 
    concerns. (4) EPA should consider targeted, rather than representative 
    random, sampling for tribal water systems. EPA is asking for public 
    comment on the issue of targeted monitoring. (5) EPA should consider 
    the applicability of ``treatment as a State'' for Tribes for the 
    purposes of this regulation. EPA is asking for public comment on this 
    issue.
    
    I. Executive Order 13084--Consultation and Coordination with Indian 
    Tribal Governments
    
        Under Executive Order 13084, EPA may not issue a regulation that is 
    not required by statute, that significantly or uniquely affects the 
    communities of Indian tribal governments, and that imposes substantial 
    direct compliance costs on those communities, unless the Federal 
    government provides the funds necessary to pay the direct compliance 
    costs incurred by the tribal governments or EPA consults with those 
    governments. If EPA complies by consulting, Executive Order 13084 
    requires EPA to provide to the Office of Management and Budget, in a 
    separately identified section of the preamble to the rule, a 
    description of the extent of EPA's prior consultation with 
    representatives of affected tribal governments, a summary of the nature 
    of their concerns, and a statement supporting the need to issue the 
    regulation. In addition, Executive Order 13084 requires EPA to develop 
    an effective process permitting elected officials and other 
    representatives of Indian tribal governments ``to provide meaningful 
    and timely input in the development of regulatory policies on matters 
    that significantly or uniquely affect their communities.''
        Today's rule does not significantly or uniquely affect the 
    communities of Indian tribal governments. Only one tribal water system 
    serves more than 10,000 persons. All the other tribal water systems 
    serve 10,000 or fewer persons and in today's proposal would have an 
    equal probability of being selected in the national representative 
    sample of systems of this size for which EPA will pay the costs of 
    testing of unregulated contaminants. Thus, these tribal water systems 
    would be treated the same as water systems of a State.
        This rule will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on 
    such communities either because the Federal government will provide 
    most of the funds necessary to pay the direct costs incurred by the 
    tribal governments in complying with the rule, with the exception of 
    the one large tribal water system. Accordingly, the requirements of 
    section 3(b) of Executive Order 13084 do not apply to this rule. 
    Nevertheless, in developing this rule, EPA consulted with 
    representatives of tribal governments pursuant to both Executive Order 
    12875 and Executive Order 13084. The extent of EPA's consultation, the 
    nature of the governments' concerns, and EPA's position supporting the 
    need for this rule, are discussed in the preamble section that 
    addresses compliance with Executive Order 12875. Tribes were consulted 
    and raised issues concerning the utility of a targeted, rather than a 
    representative random, sampling approach, and the applicability of 
    ``treatment as a State'' under this proposed rule. The Agency is 
    requesting public comment on these issues. Systems serving 10,000 or 
    fewer persons on tribal lands will have the same opportunity to be 
    selected for participation in the monitoring program as any other 
    system of that size and EPA will pay for the testing costs.
    
    X. Public Involvement in Regulation Development
    
        EPA's Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water has developed a 
    process for stakeholder involvement in its regulatory activities for 
    the purpose of providing early input to regulation development. 
    Activities related to the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation 
    included meetings for developing the Contaminant Candidate List (CCL) 
    and the information requirements of the National Drinking Water 
    Contaminant Occurrence Data Base (NCOD), as well as specific meetings 
    focused on revising the unregulated contaminant monitoring program. 
    During the development of the UCMR, stakeholders from a wide range of 
    public and private entities provided key perspectives. Representatives 
    from public water systems, States, industry, and other organizations 
    attended two stakeholders meetings to discuss options directly related 
    to the UCMR. An additional 17 meetings were held with stakeholders and 
    the public concerning issues related to the UCMR. In total, twenty-one 
    State health and environmental agencies, five water systems, six water 
    associations, six health associations, five industrial associations, 
    four environmental organizations, four community and consumer 
    organizations, twenty-nine companies, and seven federal agency offices 
    participated in meetings that were instrumental in the development of 
    the proposed regulation.
        As noted above, the CCL identifies contaminants for which EPA may 
    take regulatory action and for which EPA needs additional data. The 
    contaminants for which additional data are needed before EPA can 
    determine their regulatory status include contaminants on the 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List. The meetings to develop the 
    CCL have included stakeholder meetings to discuss the list broadly and 
    meetings focused on particular issues conducted through the National 
    Drinking Water Advisory Council's (NDWAC) Working Group on Occurrence 
    and Contaminant Selection, as follows:
    
    December 2-3, 1996 Stakeholders Meeting
    April 3-4, 1997 NDWAC Working Group
    June 23, 1997 NDWAC Working Group
    July 17, 1997 NDWAC Working Group
    January 7, 1998 NDWAC Conference Call
    
        These meetings resulted in the Drinking Water Contaminant Candidate 
    List (63 FR 10274, March 2, 1998) The contaminants that are proposed in 
    this rule for unregulated contaminant monitoring are taken from the CCL 
    ``Occurrence Priorities.''
        The NCOD development activities have included ten public meetings 
    on information requirements that should be considered for inclusion in 
    that data base. These meetings were held from October 1997 to February 
    1998. The work of the NCOD development team has been incorporated in 
    the preparation of this proposed unregulated contaminant monitoring 
    regulation as the reporting requirements
    
    [[Page 23450]]
    
    for sample testing. Several documents are included in the docket for 
    this rule concerning the NCOD development which were used in the public 
    meetings:
    
    Options for the National Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence Data 
    Base, Background Document (Working Draft), EPA 815-D-97-001, May 1997;
    National Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence Data Base--Development 
    Strategy, Background Document (Working Draft), EPA 815-D-97-005, 
    December 1997; and
    Options for Design of the National Drinking Water Contaminant 
    Occurrence Data Base, Background Document (Working Draft), EPA 815-D-
    98-001, January 1998.
    
        EPA held its first stakeholders meeting to discuss options for the 
    development of the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation on 
    December 2-3, 1997, in Washington, DC. A range of stakeholders attended 
    that meeting, including representatives of public water systems, 
    States, industry, health and laboratory organizations, and the public. 
    EPA prepared a background document for the meeting, Options for 
    Developing the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation (Working 
    Draft), EPA 815-D-97-003, November 1997. A summary of the meeting is 
    also available. Prior to preparation of this proposed regulation, EPA 
    held a second stakeholders meeting on June 3-4, 1998, to obtain input 
    from interested parties on significant issues evolving from drafting 
    the regulation, which needed further public input. EPA prepared a 
    public review document for that meeting, Background Information and 
    Draft Annotated Outline for a Proposed Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring Regulation, Background Document, (Working Draft), May 1998. 
    A meeting summary is available. EPA also sent special requests for 
    review of stakeholder documents to more than 360 tribes (exclusive of 
    the Alaskan native villages) and to small systems organizations to 
    obtain their input.
        In all, EPA has held 17 public meetings with stakeholders and 
    interested parties related directly or closely to the proposed 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Regulation.
    
    XI. References
    
    Barbash, J.E., and E.A. Resek. 1996. Pesticides in Ground Water, 
    volume two of the series Pesticides in the Hydrologic System. Ann 
    Arbor Press, Inc., Chelsea, Michigan.
    Battaglin, W., and Hay, L. 1996. Effects of sampling strategies on 
    estimates of annual mean herbicide concentrations in Midwestern 
    rivers. Environmental Science and Technology, v. 30, p. 889-896.
    Cowart, J.B., W.C. Burnett, P.A. Chin, K. Harada. 1987. Occurrence 
    of Po-210 in Natural Waters in Florida, in Trace Substances in 
    Environmental Health-XXI. D.D. Hemphill, Ed., University of 
    Missouri, Columbia.
    Hallberg, G. 1989a. Pesticide pollution of groundwater in the humid 
    United States; In Bouwer, H., and Bowman, R.S., eds., Effect of 
    Agriculture on Groundwater. Agriculture, Ecosystems, and 
    Environment, v. 26, p. 299-367.
    Hallberg, G.R. 1989b. Nitrate in groundwater in the United States, 
    In Follett, R.F., ed., Nitrogen Management and Groundwater 
    Protection; Chapter 3, p. 35-74. Elsevier Sci. Pub., Amsterdam, The 
    Netherlands.
    Hallberg, G., and D. Keeney. 1993. Nitrate. In Alley, W.A., Regional 
    Ground-Water Quality; Chapter 2, p. 297-322. Van Nostrand Reinhold, 
    New York, NY.
    Harada, Koh, W.C. Burnett, P.A. LaRock, and J.B. Cowart. 1989. 
    Polonium in Florida groundwater and its possible relationship to the 
    sulfur cycle and bacteria. Geochemica et Cosmochimica Acta, v. 53, 
    pp. 143-150.
    Larson, S.J., P.D. Capel, and M.S. Majewski. 1997. Pesticides in 
    Surface Waters, volume three of the series Pesticides in the 
    Hydrologic System. Ann Arbor Press, Inc., Chelsea, Michigan.
    Pinsky, P., M. Lorber, K. Johnson, B. Kross, L. Burmeister, A. 
    Wilkins, and G. Hallberg. 1997. A study of the temporal variability 
    of atrazine in private well water. Environmental Monitoring and 
    Assessment, v. 47, p. 197-221.
    Upchurch, S.B. 1991. Radiochemistry of Uranium-Series Isotopes in 
    Groundwater. Florida Institute of Phosphate Research (05-022-092)
    
    List of Subjects
    
    40 CFR Part 141
    
        Analytical methods, Chemicals, Environmental protection, 
    Intergovernmental relations, Microorganisms, Monitoring, Water supply.
    
    40 CFR Part 142
    
        Analytical methods, Chemicals, Environmental protection, 
    Intergovernmental relations, Microorganisms, Monitoring, Water supply.
    
        Dated: April 14, 1999.
    Carol M. Browner,
    Administrator.
    
        For the reasons set out in the preamble, title 40 of the Code of 
    Federal Regulations is proposed to be amended as follows:
    
    PART 141--NATIONAL PRIMARY DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS
    
        1. The authority citation for part 141 continues to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 42 U.S.C. 300f, 300g-1, 300g-2, 300g-3, 300g-4, 300g-
    5, 300g-6, 300j-4, 300j-9, and 300j-11.
    
        2. Section 141.35 is revised to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 141.35  Reporting of unregulated contaminant monitoring results.
    
        (a) Does this reporting apply to me? This section applies to any 
    owner or operator of a public water system required to monitor for 
    unregulated contaminants under Sec. 141.40. This rule requires you to 
    report the results of this monitoring.
        (b) To whom must I report? (1) You must report the results of 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring to the primary enforcement authority 
    for the public water system program for your state, which will usually 
    be the State drinking water agency, but will, in some parts of the 
    country, be the EPA Regional office. (The primary enforcement authority 
    for a public water system is also known as the ``primacy agency'.) You 
    must also notify the public of the monitoring results as provided in 
    Subpart O (Consumer Confidence Reports) and Subpart Q (Public 
    Notification) of this part.
        (2) Exception. You do not need to report results of the screening 
    survey, if you are a system serving a population of 10,000 or less, or 
    the results of a pre-screen test, since in both cases EPA will arrange 
    for testing and reporting of the results. However, you will still need 
    to comply with public notification requirements for these results.
        (c) When do I report monitoring results? You must report the 
    results of unregulated contaminant monitoring within ten (10) days of 
    receiving the results from the laboratory or within the first ten (10) 
    days following the end of the required monitoring period specified by 
    the primacy agency, whichever comes first.
        (d) What information must I report? You must report the information 
    specified in the following table:
    
    [[Page 23451]]
    
    
    
       Table 1.--Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Reporting Requirements
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Data element                          Definition
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1. Public Water System (PWS)   The code used to identify each PWS. The
     Identification Number.         code begins with the standard two-
                                    character postal State abbreviation; the
                                    remaining seven characters are unique to
                                    each PWS.
    2. Sampling Station Type.....  The sampling station type from which the
                                    sample came. The valid choices are:
                                   (a) Finished Water from treatment system.
                                   (b) Finished/treated water from Entry
                                    Point to the distribution system after
                                    treatment.
                                   (c) Finished/treated water from Within
                                    the Distribution System.
                                   (d) Finished/treated water from End of
                                    the Distribution line with longest
                                    residence time.
                                   (e) Finished/treated water from household/
                                    drinking water tap.
                                   (f) Finished/treated water from unknown
                                    location.
                                   (g) Other Finished/treated water.
                                   (h) Raw/untreated water.
    3. Water Source Type.........  The source type represented by the
                                    sample. The valid choices are:
                                   (a) Surface water from a stream or
                                    purchased surface water from a stream.
                                   (b) Surface water from a lake or
                                    reservoir, or purchased surface water
                                    from a lake or reservoir.
                                   (c) Ground water under the direct
                                    influence of surface water or purchased
                                    Ground water under the direct influence
                                    of surface water.
                                   (d) Ground water or purchased ground
                                    water.
    4. Sample Identification       A unique identifier assigned by the PWS
     Number.                        for each sample.
    5. Sample Collection Date....  The date the sample is collected.
    6. Contaminant...............  The unregulated contaminant for which the
                                    sample is being analyzed.
    7. Analytical Results--Sign..  An alphanumeric value indicating whether
                                    the sample analysis result was:
                                   (a) (<) ``less="" than''="" means="" the="" contaminant="" was="" not="" detected="" or="" was="" detected="" at="" a="" level="" ``less="" than''="" the="" mrl.="" (b)="" (=")" ``equal="" to''="" means="" the="" contaminant="" was="" detected="" at="" a="" level="" ``equal="" to''="" the="" value="" reported="" in="" ``analytical="" result--value.''="" 8.="" analytical="" result--value..="" the="" actual="" numeric="" value="" of="" the="" analysis="" for="" chemical="" and="" microbiological="" results.="" 9.="" analytical="" result--unit="" of="" the="" unit="" of="" measurement="" for="" the="" measure.="" analytical="" results="" reported.="" (e.g.,="" micrograms="" per="" liter,="">g/L;
                                    colony-forming units per milliliter, CFU/
                                    mL, etc.)
    10. Analytical Method Number.  The method number of the analytical
                                    method used.
    11. Public Water System        An identification number established by
     Facility Identification        the State, or, at the State's
     Number--Source Intake/Well,    discretion, the PWS, and unique to the
     Treatment Plant and Sampling   system for an intake for each source of
     Station.                       water, a treatment plant and a sampling
                                    station. Within each PWS, each intake,
                                    treatment plant and sampling point must
                                    receive a unique identification number,
                                    including, for intake, surface water
                                    intake, ground water well or wellfield
                                    centroid, and including, for sampling
                                    station, entry points to the
                                    distribution system, wellhead, intake,
                                    or locations within the distribution
                                    system. The same identification number
                                    must be used consistently through the
                                    history of unregulated contaminant
                                    monitoring to represent the facility.
    12. Public Water System        The facility type represented by the
     Facility Type.                 water system facility identification
                                    number:
                                   (a) Intake (for surface water sources).
                                   (b) Well or wellfield (for ground water
                                    sources).
                                   (c) Treatment Plant.
                                   (d) Sampling Station.
                                   (e) Entry Point to Distribution System.
                                   (f) Reservoir.
                                   (g) Booster Station.
                                   (h) Unknown.
    13. Latitude of the Public     The east-west coordinate of each source
     Water System Facility for      intake, well or wellfield centroid, and
     Source Intake/Well and         treatment plant associated with a sample
     Treatment Plant.               expressed as decimal degrees.
    14. Longitude of the Public    The north-south coordinate of each source
     Water System Facility for      intake, well or wellfield centroid, and
     Source Intake/Well and         treatment plant associated with a sample
     Treatment Plant.               expressed as decimal degrees.
    15. Sample Type..............  The type of sample collected. Permitted
                                    values include:
                                   (a) Reference Sample--calibration or QC
                                    samples.
                                   (b) Field Sample--sample collected and
                                    submitted for analysis under this rule.
                                   (c) Confirmation Sample--a sample
                                    analyzed to confirm an initial
                                    contaminant detection.
                                   (d) Field Blank--reagent water or other
                                    blank matrix placed in a sample
                                    container in the laboratory and treated
                                    as a sample in all respects, including
                                    shipment to the sampling site, storage,
                                    preservation, and all analytical
                                    procedures.
                                   (e) Equipment Blank--samples generated by
                                    processing reagent water through the
                                    equipment using the same procedures used
                                    in the field to demonstrate that the
                                    equipment is free from contamination.
                                   (f) Split Sample--sample divided into sub-
                                    samples submitted to different
                                    laboratories or analysts for analysis.
                                   (g) Duplicate Sample--two aliquots of the
                                    same sample analyzed separately with
                                    identical procedures.
                                   (h) Spiked Sample--a sample to which
                                    known quantities of the method analytes
                                    are added.
    16. Detection Level..........  ``Detection level'' is referring to the
                                    detection limit applied to both the
                                    method and equipment. Detection limits
                                    are the lowest concentration of a target
                                    contaminant that a given method or piece
                                    of equipment can reliably ascertain and
                                    report as greater than zero (i.e.,
                                    Instrument Detection Limit, Method
                                    Detection Limit, Estimated Detection
                                    Limit).
    
    [[Page 23452]]
    
     
    17. Detection Level Unit of    The unit of measure to express the
     Measure.                       concentration, count, or other value of
                                    a contaminant level for the detection
                                    level reported. (e.g., g/L,
                                    colony forming units/mL (CFU/mL), etc.)
    18. Analytical Precision.....  For purposes of the UCMR, Analytical
                                    Precision is defined as the relative
                                    percent difference (RPD) between spiked
                                    matrix duplicates. The RPD for the
                                    spiked matrix duplicates analyzed in the
                                    same batch of samples as the analytical
                                    result being reported is to be entered
                                    in this field. Precision is calculated
                                    as Relative Percent Difference (RPD)
                                    between spiked matrix duplicates using,
                                    RPD = [(X1-X2)/{(X1 + X2)/2}]  x  100.
    19. Analytical Accuracy......  For purposes of the UCMR accuracy is
                                    defined as the percent recovery of the
                                    contaminant in the spiked matrix sample
                                    analyzed in the same analytical batch as
                                    the sample result being reported and
                                    calculated using; % recovery = [(amt.
                                    found in Sp--amt. found in sample) /
                                    amt. spiked]  x  100.
    20. Presence/Absence.........  Chemicals: Presence--a response was
                                    produced by the analysis (i.e., greater
                                    than or equal to the MDL but less than
                                    the minimum reporting level)/Absence--no
                                    response was produced by the analysis
                                    (i.e., less than the MDL).
                                   Microbiologicals: Presence--indicates a
                                    response was produced by the analysis /
                                    Absence--indicates no response was
                                    produced by the analysis.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        (e) How must I report this information? You must report this 
    information in the electronic or other format specified by the primacy 
    agency.
        (f) Can the laboratory to which I send samples report the results 
    for me? Yes, as long as the laboratory sends you a copy for review and 
    recordkeeping.
        3. Section 141.40 is revised to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 141.40  Monitoring requirements for unregulated contaminants.
    
        (a) Requirements for owners and operators of public water 
    systems.--(1) Do I have to monitor for unregulated contaminants?--(i) 
    Transient systems. If you own or operate a transient non-community 
    water system, you do not have to monitor for unregulated contaminants.
        (ii) Large systems. If you own or operate a public water system 
    (other than a transient system) that serves more than 10,000 persons 
    and do not purchase your entire water supply from another public water 
    system, you must monitor as follows:
        (A) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 1 of 
    the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List.
        (B) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 2 of 
    the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List if notified by your State 
    or EPA regional office that you are part of the screening survey.
        (C) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 3 of 
    the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List if notified by your State 
    or EPA regional office that you are part of the pre-screen testing.
        (iii) Small systems. If you own or operate a public water system 
    (other than a transient system) that serves 10,000 persons or fewer and 
    do not purchase your entire water supply from another public water 
    system, you must monitor as follows:
        (A) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 1 of 
    the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List if you are notified by your 
    State or EPA regional office that you are part of the State Monitoring 
    Plan for small systems.
        (B) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 2 of 
    the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List if you are notified by your 
    State or EPA regional office that you are part of the screening survey.
        (C) You must monitor for the unregulated contaminants on List 3 of 
    the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List if you are notified by your 
    State or EPA regional office that you are part of the pre-screen 
    testing.
        (2) How would I be selected for the monitoring under the State 
    Monitoring Plan, the screening survey, or the pre-screen testing?--(i) 
    State Monitoring Plan. Only a representative sample of small systems 
    must monitor for unregulated contaminants. EPA will select a national 
    representative sample of small public water systems in each state 
    through the use of a random number generator. Selection will be 
    weighted by population served within each system water source type 
    (surface or ground water) and system size category (systems serving 
    persons numbering 25-500, 501-3,300, and 3,301-10,000). EPA will also 
    select a small group of systems to be ``index sites.'' Systems selected 
    as index sites provide information about their site and operation that 
    will serve to allow extrapolation of their results to other systems of 
    similar size, rather than collecting detailed information at every 
    small system. Each State will have the opportunity to make some 
    modifications to this selection. You will be notified by EPA or the 
    State that your system is part of the final State Monitoring Plan.
        (ii) Screening Survey. The purpose of the screening survey is to 
    determine the occurrence of contaminants in drinking water or sources 
    of drinking water for which analytical methods have recently been 
    developed for unregulated contaminant monitoring. EPA will select up to 
    300 systems to participate in this survey by using a random number 
    generator. You will be notified by EPA or the State that your system 
    has been selected for monitoring under the screening survey.
        (iii) Pre-screen testing. The purpose of pre-screen testing is to 
    determine the occurrence of contaminants for which EPA needs to 
    determine that new analytical methods can measure their existence in 
    locations most likely to be found. EPA will select up to 200 systems to 
    participate in this testing considering the characteristics of the 
    contaminants, precipitation, system operation, and environmental 
    conditions. You will be notified by EPA or the State that your system 
    has been selected for monitoring under the pre-screen testing program.
        (3) For which contaminants must I monitor? Lists 1, 2 and 3 of 
    unregulated contaminants are as follows:
    
    [[Page 23453]]
    
    
    
                                                        Table 1.--Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                                  6--Date
               1--Contaminant             2--CAS Identification No.   3--Analytical  methods   4--Minimum reporting    5--Sampling  location   monitoring to
                                                                                                       level                                       begin
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   List 1--Assessment Monitoring Organic Chemical Contaminants
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    2,4-dinitrotoluene.................  121-14-2...................  EPA 525.2 a...........  2.4 ug/L e............  EPTDS f...............       2001-2003
    2,6-dinitrotoluene.................  606-20-2...................  EPA 525.2 a...........  2.0 ug/L e............  EPTDS f...............       2001-2003
    DCPA mono acid degradate...........  887-54-7...................  EPA 515.1 a...........  1.0 ug/L e............  EPTDS f...............       2001-2003
                                                                      EPA 515.2 a
                                                                      D5317-93 b
                                                                      AOAC 992.32 c
    DCPA di acid degradate.............  2136-79-0..................  EPA 515.1 a...........  1.0 ug/L e............  EPTDS f...............       2001-2003
                                                                      EPA 515.2 a
                                                                      D5317-93 b
                                                                      AOAC 992.32 c
    4,4'-DDE...........................  72-55-9....................  EPA 508 a.............  0.75 ug/L e...........  EPTDS f...............       2001-2003
                                                                      EPA 508.1 a
                                                                      EPA 525.2 a
                                                                      D5812-96 b
                                                                      AOAC 990.06 c
    EPTC...............................  759-94-4...................  EPA 507 a.............  1.2 ug/L e............  EPTDS f...............       2001-2003
                                                                      EPA 525.2 a
                                                                      D5475-93 b
                                                                      AOAC 991.07 c
    Molinate...........................  2212-67-1..................  EPA 507 a.............  0.87 ug/L e...........  EPTDS f...............       2001-2003
                                                                      EPA 525.2 a
                                                                      D5475-93 b
                                                                      AOAC 991.07 c
    MTBE...............................  1634-04-4..................  EPA 524.2 a...........  5.0 ug/Lg.............  EPTDS f...............       2001-2003
                                                                      D5790-95 b
                                                                      SM6210Dd
    Nitrobenzene.......................  98-95-3....................  EPA 524.2 a...........  12 ug/Lg..............  EPTDS f...............       2001-2003
                                                                      D5790-95 b
                                                                      SM6210Dd
    Terbacil...........................  5902-51-2..................  EPA 507 a.............  23 ug/L e.............  EPTDS f...............       2001-2003
                                                                      EPA 525.2 a
                                                                      D5475-93 b
                                                                      AOAC 991.07 c
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   List 1--Assessment Monitoring Microbiological Contaminants
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Aeromonas Hydrophila...............  Reserved...................  Membrane filter, in     1 colony forming unit.  (1) Near end of              2001-2003
                                                                       review.                                         distribution line
                                                                                                                       with longest
                                                                                                                       residence time; (2)
                                                                                                                       at a representative
                                                                                                                       site in the
                                                                                                                       distribution system.
    
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        CAS         Anticipated        Minimum
        Chemical Contaminant      identification     analytical    reporting level      Sampling     Date monitoring
                                        No.           methods             e             location         to begin
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        List 2.--Screening Survey: Organic Chemical Contaminants To Be Sampled After Notice of Analytical Methods
                                                      Availability
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1,2-diphenylhydrazine.......        122-66-7  EPA 525.2 i....  Reserved h.....  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    2-methyl-phenol.............         95-48-7  SPE/GC/MS l....  Reserved ......  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    2,4-dichlorophenol..........        120-83-2  SPE/GC/MS l....  Reserved h.....  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    2,4-dinitrophenol...........         51-28-5  SPE/GC/MS l....  Reserved. h....  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    2,4,6 trichlorophenol.......         88-06-2  SPE/GC/MS l....  Reserved h.....  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    Acetochlor..................      34256-82-1  EPA 525.2i.....  Reserved h.....  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    Alachlor ESA................  ..............  TBD h..........  Reserved h.....  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    Diazinon....................        333-41-5  EPA 525.2 k....  Reserved h.....  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    Disulfoton..................        298-04-4  EPA 525.2k.....  Reserved h.....  EPTDSf.........  Reserved.h
    Diuron......................        330-54-1  SPE/HPLC/U V j.  Reserved h.....  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    Fonofos.....................        944-22-9  EPA 525.2 i....  Reserved h.....  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    Linuron.....................        330-55-2  SPE/HPLC/U Vj..  Reserved h.....  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    Prometon....................       1610-18-0  EPA 525.2k.....  Reserved h.....  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    Terbufos....................      13071-79-9  EPA 525.2k.....  Reserved h.....  EPTDS f........  Reserved.h
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    References:
    
    [[Page 23454]]
    
     
    a The version of the EPA methods being approved will be dependant upon the status of the approval of new
      versions for compliance monitoring. If appropriate regulations approving new versions of EPA compliance
      monitoring methods are completed prior to the promulgation of this regulation, the following versions of the
      above methods will be approved. Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water--
      Supplement III, EPA-600/R-95-131, August 1995. NTIS PB95-261616. Copies are also available from the National
      Technical Information Service (NTIS), U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia
      22161. The toll-free number is 800-553-6847. If new regulations changing the versions of methods being
      approved for compliance monitoring are not completed prior to the promulgation of this regulation, then the
      following versions of the EPA methods are being approved for monitoring under the Unregulated Contaminant
      Monitoring Rule. Methods 507, 508, and 515.1 are in Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in
      Drinking Water, EPA-600/4-88-039, December 1988, Revised, July 1991. Methods 515.2 and 524.2 are in Methods
      for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water--Supplement II, EPA/600/R-92/129, August 1992.
      These documents are available from the National Technical Information Service, (NTIS) U.S. Department of
      Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161 (800) 553-6847. Methods 508.1 and 525.2 are
      available from US EPA NERL-Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268, (513) 569-7586.
    b Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1996 and 1998, Vol. 11.02, American Society for Testing and Materials. Method
      D5812-96 is located in the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1998, Vol. 11.02. Methods D5790-95, D5475-93, and
      D5317-93 are located in the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1996 and 1998, Vol 11.02. Copies may be obtained
      from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 101 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428.
    c Official Methods of Analysis of AOAC (Association of Official Analytical Chemist) International, Sixteenth
      Edition, 4th Revision, 1998, Volume I, AOAC International, First Union National Bank Lockbox, PO Box 75198,
      Baltimore, MD 21275-5198. 1-800-379-2622.
    d 18th and 19th editions of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992 and 1995,
      American Public Health Association; either edition may be used. Copies may be obtained from the American
      Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW, Washington, DC 20005.
    e Minimum Reporting Level determined by multiplying by 10 the least sensitive method's minimum detection limit
      (MDL=standard deviation times the Student's T value for 99% confidence level with n-1 degrees of freedom), or
      when available, multiplying by 5 the least sensitive method's estimated detection limit (where the EDL equals
      the concentration of compound yielding approximately a 5 to 1 signal to noise ratio or the calculated MDL,
      whichever is greater).
    f Entry Points to the Distribution System, After Treatment, representing each water source in use over the
      twelve-month period of monitoring.
    g Minimum Reporting Levels (MRL) for Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) determined by multiplying either the
      published Method Detection Limit (MDL) or 0.5 ug/L times 10, whichever is greater. The MDL of 0.5 ug/L (0.0005
      mg/L) was selected to conform to VOC MDL requirements of 40 CFR 141.24(f)(17(E).
    h To be Determined at a later time.
    i Compound currently not listed as an contaminant in this method. Methods development currently being conducted
      in an attempt to add it to the scope of this method.
    j Methods development currently in progress to develop a solid phase extraction/high performance liquid
      chromatography/ultraviolet method for the determination of this compound.
    k Compound listed as being an contaminant using EPA Method 525.2; however, adequate sample preservation is not
      available. Preservation studies currently being conducted to develop adequate sample preservation.
    l Methods development currently in progress to develop a solid phase extraction/gas chromatography/mass
      spectrometery method for the determination of this compound.
    
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Date monitoring to
                 Microorganism                 Identification No.       Sampling location              begin
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     List 3.--Pre-Screen Testing: Contaminants with Analytical Methods Not Anticipated To Be Available by Regulation
                                                     Implementation
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cyanobacteria (blue-green algae, other  Reserved a.............  Reserved a.............  Reserved.a
     freshwater algae and their toxins)
    Echoviruses...........................  Reserved a.............  Reserved a.............  Reserved.a
    Coxsackieviruses......................  Reserved a.............  Reserved a.............  Reserved.a
    Helicobacter pylori...................  Reserved a.............  Reserved a.............  Reserved.a
    Microsporidia.........................  Reserved a.............  Reserved a.............  Reserved.a
    Caliciviruses.........................  Reserved a.............  Reserved a.............  Reserved.a
    Adenoviruses..........................  Reserved a.............  Reserved a.............  Reserved.a
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a To be Determined at a later time
    
        (4) What general monitoring requirements must I follow for List 1 
    monitoring?--(i) All systems. You must:
        (A) Collect samples of the listed contaminants in accordance with 
    paragraph (e) of this section and any other specific instructions 
    provided to you by EPA or the State;
        (B) Review the laboratory testing results to ensure reliability; 
    and
        (C) Report the results as specified in Sec. 141.35.
        (ii) Large systems. In addition to paragraph (d)(1) of this 
    section, you must arrange for testing of the samples according to the 
    methods specified for each contaminant in the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring List and in Appendix A to this section.
        (iii) Small systems. In addition to paragraph (d)(1) of this 
    section, you must:
        (A) Properly receive, store and use the sampling equipment sent to 
    you from the laboratory;
        (B) Sample at the times specified by the State or the EPA Regional 
    office;
        (C) Collect and pack samples in accordance with the instructions 
    sent to you by the laboratory; and
        (D) Send the samples to the laboratory designated by EPA.
        (5) What specific sampling and quality control requirements must I 
    follow for monitoring of List 1 contaminants? (i) All systems. You must 
    comply with the following requirements:
        (A) Sample collection and shipping time. If you must ship the 
    samples for testing, you must collect the samples early enough in the 
    day to allow adequate time to send the samples for overnight delivery 
    to the laboratory since some samples must be processed at the 
    laboratory within 30 hours of collection. You must not collect samples 
    on Friday, Saturday or Sunday because sampling on these days would not 
    allow samples to be shipped and received at the laboratory within 30 
    hours.
        (B) No compositing of samples. You must not composite (that is, 
    combine, mix or blend) the samples. You must collect, preserve and test 
    each sample separately.
        (C) Review and reporting of results. After you have received the 
    laboratory results, you must review and confirm the system information 
    and data regarding sample collection and test results. You must report 
    the results as provided in Sec. 141.35.
        (ii) Large systems. In addition to paragraph (e)(1) of this 
    section, you must comply with the following:
    
    [[Page 23455]]
    
        (A) Timeframe. You must collect the samples in one twelve-month 
    period during the years indicated in column 6 of the Unregulated 
    Contaminant Monitoring List.
        (B) Frequency. You must collect the samples according to the 
    following frequency specified by contaminant type and water source 
    type:
    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Contaminant type              Water source type           Timeframe                 Frequency
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Chemical...........................  Surface water.........  12 months.............  Every three months with one
                                                                                          sampling event during the
                                                                                          vulnerable time a.
                                         Ground water..........  12 months.............  Vulnerable time a and six
                                                                                          (6) months later.
    Microbiological....................  Surface and ground      12 months.............  Vulnerable time a and six
                                          water.                                          (6) months later.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    a Vulnerable time means May 1 through July 31, unless the State or EPA Regional Office informs you that it has
      selected a different time period as your system's vulnerable time.
    
        (C) Location. You must collect samples at the location specified 
    for each listed contaminant in column 5 of the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring List.
        (D) Sampling instructions. You must follow the sampling procedure 
    for the method specified in column 3 of the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring List for each contaminant.
        (E) Testing and analytical methods. You must use the analytical 
    method specified for each listed contaminant in column 3 of the 
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List, the minimum reporting levels 
    in column 4 of the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List, and the 
    quality control procedures specified in appendix A to this section.
        (F) Sampling deviations. If you do not sample according to the 
    procedures specified for a listed contaminant, you must resample 
    following the procedures specified for the method.
        (G) Testing. You must arrange for the testing of the contaminants 
    by a laboratory certified under Sec. 141.28.
        (iii) Small systems that are part of the State Monitoring Plan. In 
    addition to paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section, you must comply with 
    the following:
        (A) Frequency. You must collect samples at the times specified for 
    you by the State or EPA regional office, following the frequency 
    specified in paragraph (a)(5)(ii)(B) of this section for the 
    contaminant type and water source type.
        (B) Location. You must sample at the locations specified for you by 
    the State or EPA regional office.
        (C) Sampling deviations. If you do not collect a sample according 
    to the instructions provided to you, then you must report the deviation 
    on the sample reporting form that you send to the laboratory with the 
    samples.
        (D) Sample kits. You must store and maintain the sample collection 
    kits sent to you by the laboratory in a secure place until used for 
    sampling. If indicated in the kit's instructions, you must freeze the 
    cold packs. The sample kit will include all necessary containers, 
    packing materials and cold packs, instructions for collecting the 
    sample and sample treatment (such as dechlorination or preservation), 
    report forms for each sample, contact name and telephone number for the 
    laboratory, and a prepaid return shipping docket and return address 
    label. If any of the materials listed in the kit's instructions are not 
    included or arrive damaged, you must notify the laboratory which sent 
    you the sample collection kits.
        (E) Sampling instructions. You must comply with the instructions 
    sent to you by the State or EPA Regional office concerning use of 
    containers, collection (how to fill the sample bottle), dechlorination 
    and/or preservation, and sealing and preparing the sample and shipping 
    containers for shipment. You must also comply with the instructions 
    sent to you by the laboratory concerning the handling of sample 
    containers for specific contaminants.
        (F) Duplicate samples. EPA will select systems in the State 
    Monitoring Plan that must collect duplicate samples for quality 
    control. If your system is selected, you will receive two sample kits 
    that you must use. You must use the same sampling protocols for both 
    sets of samples, following the instructions in the duplicate sample 
    kit.
        (G) Sampling forms. You must completely fill out the sampling forms 
    sent to you by the laboratory, including the data elements 1 through 9 
    listed in Sec. 141.35 for each sample. You must sign and date the 
    sampling forms.
        (H) Sample submission. Once you have collected the samples and 
    completely filled in the sampling forms, you must send the samples and 
    the sampling forms to the laboratory designated in your instructions.
        (6) What additional requirements must I follow if my system is 
    selected as an Index site? If your system is selected as an index site 
    in the State Monitoring Plan, you must assist EPA or the State in 
    identifying appropriate sampling locations and provide information on 
    which wells and intakes are in use at the time of sampling, well casing 
    and screen depths (if known) for those wells, and the pumping rate of 
    each well or intake at the time of sampling.
        (7) What must I do if my system is selected for the screening 
    survey or pre-screen testing?--(i) Large systems. If your system serves 
    over 10,000 persons, you must collect and arrange for testing of the 
    contaminants in List 2 and List 3 of the unregulated contaminant 
    monitoring list in accordance with the requirements set out in 
    paragraph (a)(4) and (5) of this section. You must send the samples to 
    one of the laboratories designated by EPA in your notification. You 
    must report the test results to the State.
        (ii) Small systems. If your system serves 10,000 persons or fewer, 
    you must collect samples in accordance with the instructions sent to 
    you by the State or EPA, or, if informed by the State or EPA that the 
    State or EPA will collect the sample, you must assist the State or EPA 
    in identifying the appropriate sampling locations and in taking the 
    samples. EPA will report the test results to you and the State.
        (b) Requirements for State and Tribal Participation--(1) How can I 
    as the director of a State or Tribal drinking water program participate 
    in the State Monitoring Plan and Screening Survey for small systems? 
    You may participate in the selection of systems for the State 
    Monitoring Plan and the timing of monitoring as follows:
        (i) Initial plan. EPA will first specify the number of systems 
    serving 10,000 or fewer persons by water source and size in an initial 
    plan for each State using a random number generator. EPA will also 
    generate a replacement list of systems for systems that may not have 
    been correctly specified on the initial plan. This initial plan will 
    also indicate the week, month, and year that each system must monitor 
    for the contaminants in List 1 of the
    
    [[Page 23456]]
    
    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List. EPA will provide you with the 
    initial plan for your State or Tribe, including systems to be index 
    sites and those small systems to be part of the screening survey.
        (ii) State acceptance or modification of the list of systems. 
    Within 60 days of receiving the initial plan, you may notify EPA that 
    you either accept it as your State Monitoring Plan or request to modify 
    the initial plan by removing systems closed, merged or purchasing water 
    from another system. In place of any such systems, you must use systems 
    from the replacement list in the order listed. Your request must 
    include the modified plan and the reason for replacement of systems. 
    You may also specify an alternative week, month and year in which the 
    monitoring is to occur for each system in the State Plan as long as 
    approximately one-third of the systems in the State Plan must monitor 
    in each year specified in Table 1, column 6. This monitoring may be 
    coordinated with regulated contaminant compliance monitoring at your 
    discretion.
        (iii) State modification of the timing of monitoring. Within 60 
    days of receiving the initial plan, you may also modify the plan by 
    selecting an alternative week, month and year for monitoring for each 
    system in the State Monitoring Plan as long as approximately one-third 
    of the systems in the Plan monitor in each year specified in column 6 
    of the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List. This monitoring may be 
    coordinated with regulated contaminant compliance monitoring at your 
    discretion. You must send the modified plan to EPA.
        (iv) Determination of alternate vulnerable time. Within 60 days of 
    receiving the initial plan, you may also determine that the most 
    vulnerable time of the year for any or all of the systems is different 
    than the May 1 through July 31. If you make this determination, you 
    must modify the State Monitoring Plan to indicate the alternate 
    vulnerable time and to which systems the alternate vulnerable time 
    applies. You must also notify the system(s) of the most vulnerable time 
    of the year that you have specified for them to sample for one of their 
    sampling events. You must notify them at least 90 days before their 
    first unregulated contaminant sampling is to occur.
        (v) Notification of systems. If you decide to accept or modify the 
    initial plan, you must provide to EPA your plan for notifying each 
    public water system of its selection for the plan and instructions for 
    monitoring. You must provide notification to systems at least 90 days 
    before sampling must occur.
        (vi) No modification. If you do not accept the initial plan or 
    submit a request to EPA to modify the initial plan within 60 days, the 
    initial plan will become the State Monitoring Plan for your State or 
    Tribe. In that case, you may still notify each public water system of 
    its selection for the plan and instructions for monitoring as long as 
    you notify EPA that you will be undertaking this responsibility.
        (2) What instructions do I provide to systems that are part of the 
    State Monitoring Plan? If you choose to notify systems that they are 
    part of the State Monitoring Plan, you must send a monitoring schedule 
    to each system listed in the State Monitoring Plan and instructions on 
    location, frequency, timing of sampling, use of sampling equipment, and 
    handling and shipment of samples based on these regulations. EPA will 
    provide you with guidance for these instructions.
        (3) Can I also change the vulnerable time for monitoring of large 
    systems? Yes. If you desire to change the vulnerable time for 
    monitoring at large systems, then not later than 120 days prior that 
    monitoring, you must send written notification to the EPA Regional 
    Office indicating your State is modifying the most vulnerable time of 
    the year for any or all of the large systems to be different than the 
    period of May 1 through July 31 and specify the vulnerable time for 
    each system to which any modification applies. You must also notify the 
    system(s) of the most vulnerable time of the year that you have 
    specified for them to sample for one of their sampling events. You must 
    notify them at least 90 days before their first unregulated contaminant 
    sampling is to occur.
        (4) How can I participate in monitoring for the Screening Survey 
    for large systems? Within 120 days prior to sampling, EPA will notify 
    you which systems have been selected to participate in the screening 
    survey, the sampling dates, the designated laboratory for testing, and 
    instructions for sampling. You may choose to notify the selected 
    systems in your State of these screening survey requirements. If you 
    choose to do so, you must notify EPA within 30 days of EPA's 
    notification to you. You must provide the necessary screening survey 
    information to the selected systems at least 90 days prior to the 
    sampling date.
        (5) How can I participate in monitoring for Pre-Screen Testing? You 
    can participate in pre-screen testing in two ways.
        (i) First, within 60 days of EPA's letter to you concerning 
    initiation of Pre-screen testing for specific contaminants, you can 
    identify from 5 up to 25 systems in your State that you determine to be 
    representative of the most vulnerable systems to these contaminants, 
    modify your State Monitoring Plan to include these most vulnerable 
    systems, and notify the EPA Regional Office of the addition of these 
    systems to the State Plan. These systems must be selected from all 
    community and non-transient noncommunity water systems. EPA will use 
    the State-identified vulnerable systems to select up to 200 systems 
    nationally to be monitored considering the characteristics of the 
    contaminants, precipitation, system operation, and environmental 
    conditions.
        (ii) Second, within 120 days prior to sampling, EPA will notify you 
    which systems have been selected, sampling dates, the designated 
    laboratory for testing of samples for systems serving 10,000 or fewer 
    persons and approved laboratories for systems serving more than 10,000 
    persons, and instructions for sampling. You may choose to notify the 
    owner or operator of the selected systems in your State of these pre-
    screen testing requirements. If you choose to do so, you must notify 
    EPA within 30 days of EPA's notification to you. You must provide the 
    necessary pre-screen testing information to the owner or operator at 
    least 90 days prior to the sampling date.
        (6) Can I add contaminants to the Unregulated Contaminant 
    Monitoring List? Yes, the SDWA allows Governors of seven or more States 
    to petition the EPA Administrator to add one or more contaminants to 
    the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List. The petition must clearly 
    identify the reason for adding the contaminant(s) to the monitoring 
    list, including the potential risk to public health, particularly any 
    information that might be available regarding disproportional risks to 
    the health and safety of children, the expected occurrence documented 
    by any available data, any analytical methods known or proposed to be 
    used to test for the contaminant(s), and any other information that 
    could assist the Administrator in determining which contaminants 
    present the greatest public health concern and should, therefore, be 
    included on the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring List.
        (7) Can I waive monitoring requirements? Only with EPA approval and 
    under very limited conditions. Following are the procedures for 
    requesting the only type of waiver available under these regulations.
    
    [[Page 23457]]
    
        (i) You may apply to EPA for a state-wide waiver from the 
    monitoring requirements for public water systems serving more than 
    10,000 persons. To apply for such a waiver, you must submit an 
    application to EPA that includes the following information:
        (A) The list of contaminants on the Unregulated Contaminant List 
    for which you request a waiver, and
        (B) Documentation demonstrating, for each contaminant in your 
    request, that during the past 15 years it has not been used, stored, 
    disposed of, released, naturally present or detected in the source 
    waters or distribution systems in the State.
        (ii) EPA will notify you if EPA determines that you may waive 
    monitoring requirements.
    
    Appendix A to Sec. 141.40--Quality Control Requirements for Testing 
    All Samples Collected
    
        Your system must ensure that the quality control requirements 
    listed below for testing of samples collected and submitted under 
    Sec. 141.40 are followed:
        (1) Sample Collection/Preservation. Follow the sample collection 
    and preservation requirements for the specified method for each of 
    the contaminants in Table 1. These requirements specify sample 
    containers, collection, dechlorination, preservation, storage, 
    sample holding time, and extract storage and/or holding time that 
    the laboratory must follow. Samples with methods that specify 
    storage at 4 deg.C must be shipped in ice or frozen gel packs.
        (2) Method Detection Limit. Calculate the laboratory method 
    detection limit (MDLs) for each contaminant in Table 1, List 1, 
    using the appropriate specified method according to procedures in 40 
    CFR part 136, appendix B with the exception that the contaminant 
    concentration used to fortify reagent water must be less than or 
    equal to the minimum reporting level (MRL) for the contaminants as 
    specified in Table 1 of Sec. 141.40(a)(3). The calculated MDL is 
    equal to the standard deviation times the Student's T value for 99% 
    confidence level with n-1 degrees of freedom. (The MDL must be less 
    than or equal to one-half of the MRL.)
        (3) Calibration. Perform a three to six point initial 
    calibration depending on the method utilized. Calibration must be 
    verified initially with a low-level standard at a concentration 
    within 10% of the MRL for each contaminant. Perform a 
    continuing calibration verification following every 10th sample. The 
    calibration verification must be performed by alternating low-level 
    and mid-level calibration standards. The low-level standard is 
    defined as a concentration within 10% of the MRL with an 
    acceptance range of 40%. The mid-level standard is in 
    the middle of the calibration range with an acceptance range of 
    20%.
        (4) Reagent Blank Analysis. Analyze one laboratory reagent 
    (method) blank per sample set/batch that is treated exactly as a 
    sample. The maximum allowable background concentration is one-half 
    of the MRL for all contaminants. A field reagent blank is required 
    only for EPA Method 524.2 (or equivalent listed methods, D5790.95 
    and SM6210D).
        (5) Quality Control Sample. Obtain a quality control sample from 
    an external source to check laboratory performance at least once 
    each quarter.
        (6) Matrix Spike and Duplicate. Prepare and analyze matrix spike 
    (MS) for accuracy and matrix spike duplicate (MSD) samples for 
    precision to determine method accuracy and precision for all 
    contaminants in Table 1, List 1. MS/MSD samples must be prepared and 
    analyzed at a frequency of 5% (or one MS/MSD set per every 20 
    samples) or with each sample batch whichever is more frequent. In 
    addition, the MS/MSD spike concentrations must be alternated between 
    a low-level spike and mid-level spike approximately 50% of the time. 
    (For example: a set of 40 samples will require preparation and 
    analysis of two MS/MSD sets. The first set must be spiked at either 
    the low-level or mid level, and the second set must be spiked with 
    the other standard, either the low-level or mid-level whichever was 
    not used for the initial MS/MSD set). The low-level MS/MSD spike 
    concentration must be within 10% of the MRL for each 
    contaminant. The mid-level MS/MSD spike concentration must be within 
    10% of the mid level calibration standard for each 
    contaminant. There are no acceptance criteria specified for MS/MSD 
    recoveries.
        (7) Internal Standard Calibration. As appropriate to a method's 
    requirements to be used, test and obtain an internal standard for 
    the methods for each chemical contaminant in Table 1, List 1, a pure 
    contaminant of known concentration, for calibration and quantitation 
    purposes. The methods specify the percent recovery or response that 
    you must obtain for acceptance.
        (8) Method Performance Test. As appropriate to a method's 
    requirements to be used, test for surrogate compounds, a pure 
    contaminant unlikely to be found in any sample, to monitor method 
    performance. The methods specify the percent recovery that you must 
    obtain for acceptance.
        (9) Detection Confirmation. Confirm any chemical contaminant 
    detected above the MRL by gas chromatographic/mass spectrometric 
    (GC/MS) methods. If testing resulted in first analyzing the sample 
    extracts via specified gas chromatographic methods, an initial 
    confirmation by a second column dissimilar to the primary column may 
    be performed. If the contaminant detection is confirmed by the 
    secondary column, then the contaminant must be reconfirmed by GC/MS 
    using 3 specified ion peaks for contaminant identification. Use one 
    of the following confirming techniques: (i) perform single point 
    calibration of the GC/MS system for confirmation purposes only as 
    long as the calibration standard is at a concentration within 
     50% of the concentration determined by the initial 
    analysis; or (ii) perform a three point calibration with single 
    point daily calibration verification of the GC/MS system regardless 
    of whether that verification standard concentration is within 
     50% of sample response. If GC/MS analysis confirms the 
    initial contaminant detection, report results determined from the 
    initial analysis.
        (10) Reporting. Report the analytical results and other data, 
    with the required data listed in Sec. 141.35, Table 1. Report this 
    data electronically to the State or EPA Regional Office, unless the 
    State or EPA Regional Office specifies otherwise. Systems must 
    coordinate with their laboratories for electronic reporting to the 
    State or EPA Regional Office to ensure proper formatting and timely 
    data submission.
    
    PART 142--NATIONAL PRIMARY DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS 
    IMPLEMENTATION
    
        1. The authority citation for part 142 continues to read as 
    follows:
    
        Authority: 42 U.S.C. 300f, 300g-1, 300g-2, 300g-3, 300g-4, 300g-
    5, 300g-6, 300j-4, 300j-9, and 300j-11.
    
        2. Section 142.15 is amended by revising paragraph (c)(3) to read 
    as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 142.15  Reports by States.
    
    * * * * *
        (c) * * *
        (3) Unregulated contaminant monitoring. The State must report the 
    results from the unregulated contaminant monitoring required under 40 
    CFR 141.40, including the information identified in 40 CFR 141.35(b) to 
    the National Drinking Water Contaminant Occurrence Data Base. This 
    report must be in an electronic format and sent to EPA through the Safe 
    Drinking Water Information System or other information system specified 
    by the Agency not later than the quarter following receipt of the 
    unregulated contaminant monitoring results from the public water system 
    or its laboratory.
    * * * * *
        3. Section 142.16 is amended by revising paragraphs (e) 
    introductory text, (e)(1) introductory text, and (e)(1)(i)(C) to read 
    as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 142.16  Special primacy requirements.
    
    * * * * *
        (e) An application for approval of a State program revision which 
    adopts the requirements specified in 40 CFR 141.11, 141.23, 141.32, 
    141.61 and 141.62 must contain the following (in addition to the 
    general primacy requirements enumerated elsewhere in this part, 
    including the requirement that State regulations be at least as 
    stringent as the federal requirements):
        (1) If a State chooses to issue waivers from the monitoring 
    requirements in 40 CFR 141.23 and 141.24, the State shall describe the 
    procedures and criteria which it will use to review waiver applications 
    and issue waiver determinations.
    
    [[Page 23458]]
    
        (i) * * *
        (C) The State decision criteria, including the factors that will be 
    considered in deciding to grant or deny waivers. The decision criteria 
    must include the factors specified in 40 CFR 141.24(f)(8) and 
    141.24(h)(6).
    * * * * *
    [FR Doc. 99-10001 Filed 4-29-99; 8:45 am]
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    
    

Document Information

Published:
04/30/1999
Department:
Environmental Protection Agency
Entry Type:
Proposed Rule
Action:
Proposed rule.
Document Number:
99-10001
Dates:
The proposed rule is open to public comment until June 14, 1999.
Pages:
23398-23458 (61 pages)
Docket Numbers:
FRL-6329-3
RINs:
2040-AD15: Drinking Water Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring Program
RIN Links:
https://www.federalregister.gov/regulations/2040-AD15/drinking-water-unregulated-contaminant-monitoring-program
PDF File:
99-10001.pdf
CFR: (4)
40 CFR 141.35
40 CFR 141.40
40 CFR 142.15
40 CFR 142.16